Hak Cipta pada Departemen Pendidikan Nasional

Dilindungi Undang-undang
















Penulis : Utami Widiati Pratiwi Ratnaningsih
Gunadi H. Sulistyo Mirjam Anugerahwati
Nunung Suryati Oikurema Purwanti
Slamet Setiawan
Ilustrasi, Tata Letak : Direktorat Pembinaan SMP
Perancang Kulit : Direktorat Pembinaan SMP



Buku ini dikembangkan Direktorat Pembinaan SMP


Ukuran Buku : 21 x 30 cm





















Diterbitkan oleh Pusat Perbukuan
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional
Tahun 2008
420.07
CON Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris: Sekolah Menengah
Pertama/Madrasah Tsanawiyah Kelas VIII Edisi 4/Utami Widiati, …[et.
al.].--Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan, Departemen Pendidikan Nasional,
2008.
Xvi, 148 hlm.: ilus.; 30 cm.
Bibliografi: hlm. 145-148
Indeks.
ISBN
1. Bahasa Inggris –Studi dan Pengajaran I. Judul
II. Sulistyo, Gunadi H III. Suryati, Nunung IV.Setiawan, Slamet
VI. Ratnaningsih, Pratiwi VII. Anugerahwati, Mirjan
VIII. Purwanti, Oikurema
KA TA SA M BUTA N

Salah satu upaya untuk melengkapi sumber belajar yang relevan dan
bermakna guna meningkatkan mutu pendidikan di Sekolah Menengah
Pertama (SMP), Direktorat Pembinaan SMP mengembangkan buku
pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk siswa kelas VII, kelas VIII, dan kelas IX. Buku
pelajaran ini disusun berdasarkan Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional No.
22 Tahun 2006 Tentang Standar Isi, No. 23 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar
Kompetensi Lulusan, dan berdasarkan kriteria buku pelajaran yang
dikembangkan oleh Badan Standar Nasional Pendidikan.
Buku pelajaran ini merupakan penyempurnaan dari bahan ajar
kontekstual yang telah dikembangkan Direktorat Pembinaan SMP dalam
kaitannya dengan kegiatan proyek peningkatan mutu SMP. Bahan ajar
tersebut telah diujicobakan ke sejumlah SMP di provinsi Kalimantan Selatan,
Kalimantan Timur, Sulawesi Tengah, Sulawesi Tenggara, Sulawesi Utara, dan
Gorontalo sejak tahun 2001. Penyempurnaan bahan ajar menjadi buku
pelajaran yang bernuansa pendekatan kontekstual dilakukan oleh para
pakar dari beberapa perguruan tinggi, guru, dan instruktur yang
berpengalaman di bidangnya. Validasi oleh para pakar dan praktisi serta uji
coba empiris ke siswa SMP telah dilakukan guna meningkatkan kesesuaian
dan keterbacaan buku pelajaran ini.
Buku pelajaran Bahasa Inggris ini telah dinilai oleh Badan Standar
Nasional Pendidikan, dan dinyatakan memenuhi syarat untuk digunakan
sebagai buku pelajaran di SMP. Sekolah diharapkan dapat menggunakan
buku pelajaran ini dengan sebaik-baiknya sehingga dapat meningkatkan
efektivitas dan kebermaknaan pembelajaran. Pada akhirnya, para siswa
diharapkan dapat menguasai semua Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi
Dasar secara lebih mendalam, luas serta bermakna, kemudian dapat
mengaplikasikannya dalam kehidupan sehari-hari.
Saran perbaikan untuk penyempurnaan buku pelajaran ini sangat
diharapkan. Terimakasih setulus-tulusnya disampaikan kepada para penulis
yang telah berkontribusi dalam penyusunan buku pelajaran ini, baik pada
saat awal pengembangan bahan ajar, ujicoba terbatas, maupun
penyempurnaan sehingga dapat tersusunnya buku pelajaran ini.
Terimakasih dan penghargaan juga disampaikan kepada semua pihak
yang telah membantu terwujudnya penerbitan buku pelajaran ini.



Jakarta, Juli 2008
Direktur Pembinaan SMP
iv
v
Pendahuluan
BahanPembelajaranKontekstualMataPelajaranBahasaInggris(BukuSiswaKe-
lasVIII)inidisusunberdasarkanStandarIsi(SI)BahasaInggris2006untukmembantu
pengembangankompetensikomunikatifsiswaSMP/MTsKelasVIII.Kompetensikomu-
nikatiftersebutdiwujudkanlewatpenguasaanempatketerampilanberbahasa(listening,
speaking,readingdanwriting)yangdikembangkansecaraintegratif.Integrasitersebut
diimplementasikandalambentukpengembanganunitberdasarkanjenisteks,yaitutran-
saksional,interpersonal,shortfunctionaltextsdangenres.
Bukuiniterdiriatas8unitdenganrinciansepertiberikut:
Unit1: Congratulations!
Unit2: TellMeYourExpereience(Recount)
Unit3: WhatdoYouDoforFun?
Unit4: Let’sGoSomewhere(Descriptive)
Unit5: WhatdoYouThink?
Unit6: OnceuponaTime
Unit7: MakingTelephoneCalls
Unit8: ItHappenedLikeThis(Recount)

Unit-unitganjilmewadahitransactional,interpersonal,danshortfunctionaltexts,
sedangkanunit-unitgenapmenyajikangenressepertiyangdiamanatkanolehStandarIsi
KelasVIII.
Setiap unit terbagi menjadi dua section. Untuk unit-unit ganjil, Section One
memuat teks transaksional dan interpersonal, sedangkan Section Two memuat short
functionaltexts.Untukunit-unitgenap,SectionOneterdiriatasSpokenGenre,danSec-
tionTwoberbentukWrittenGenre.
FokusdariSectionOneadalahmelatihsiswauntukmenggunakanBahasaInggris
secaralisan,sedangkanfokusdarisectiontwoadalahmelatihsiswauntukmenggunakan
BahasaInggrissecaratulis.Selanjutnya,masing-masingsectiondisajikandenganurutan
presentation,practice,danproduction.
Dalampenyajiansetiapunitdikelas,gurudiharapkanuntukberkreasimengem-
bangkanmateriyangada.Dalamtahapanpresentation,gurumasihmemegangkontrol
ataskegiatanpembelajaran.Untuktahapanpracticegurusudahmengurangiperannya,
sedangkan siswa diharapkan sudah mulai terlibat dalam kegiatan komunikatif. Untuk
tahapan production, guru sudah mulai memberikan kebebasan kepada siswa untuk
menggunakanbahasayangsedangdipelajaridalamunittersebut.

Padabagianpenyudahsetiapunitdisajikansummary,evaluation,danrefection.
Vocabulary List diharapkan dapat membantu mengembangkan kosakata siswa secara
bertahap. Di samping itu, pada akhir buku diberikan glossary untuk menjelaskan be-
berapakonsepyangdianggappentingdalambukuKelasVIIIini.
vi
Akhirnyakamiberharapagarbahanajarinidapatdigunakandalammembantu
siswauntukmulaimengembangkankemampuanberkomunikasidalamBahasaInggris
baiksecaralisanmaupuntertulis.
TimPenyusun
vii
Halaman
KataPengantar.................................................................................................... iii
Pendahuluan......................................................................................................... v
DaftarIsi............................................................................................................... vii
PetaKompetensi................................................................................................... ix
Unit1:Congratulations!..................................................................................... 1
Unit2:Tellmeyourexperience!(Recount) ...................................................... 19
Unit3:Whatdoyoudoforfun?....................................................................... 37
Unit4:Let’sgosomewhere(Descriptive) ......................................................... 57
Unit5:Whatdoyouthink?............................................................................... 73
Unit6:OnceUponaTime(Narrative)............................................................... 89
Unit7:MakingTelephoneCalls....................................................................... 97
Unit8:ItHappenedLikeThis(Recount) ........................................................... 119
Vocabularylist...................................................................................................... 137
Glossary................................................................................................................. 141
Index..................................................................................................................... 143
References............................................................................................................. 145
DaftarIsi
ix
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
Merespon dan
mengungkap-
kan makna
dalam teks
transaksiona/
interpersonal
• Memberi dan
menerima
pujian
• Memberi dan
menerima
ucapan selamat
• Meminta,
memberi, dan
menolak jasa
• Meminta
dan memberi
informasi
Merespon dan
mengungkap-
kan makna
dalam teks
fungsional
pendek
• Pesan pendek
• Kartu pos
Mendengarkan
- menerima pujian
- menerima
ucapan selamat
- meminta jasa
- memberi jasa
- menolak jasa
- meminta
informasi
-memberi
informasi
- memberi
perhatian
terhadap
pembicara
Berbicara
- memberi pujian
- memberi selamat
- meminta jasa
- memberi jasa
- menolak jasa
- meminta
informasi
-memberi
informasi
- memberi
perhatian
terhadap
pembicara
Membaca
- membaca pesan
pendek
- membaca kartu
pos
(tentang ucapan
selamat,
pengalaman, dll.)
Menulis
- menulis pesan
pendek
- menulis kartu
pos (tentang
ucapan selamat,
pengalaman, dll.)
- Noun phrases
- Exclamatory
Sentences
- Modals can,
could, may
- The use of
‘mind’
- Kosakata
berhubungan
dengan
memberi
pujian
- Kosakata
berhubungan
dengan
memberi
selamat
- Kosakata
berhubungan
dengan
meminta,
memberi,
menolak jasa
- Kosakata
berhubungan
dengan
meminta dan
memberi
informasi
- Pronuncia-
tion &
Spelling

Ungkapan2 yang
sopan
- Small talk
- Etika memberi
pujian
- Etika memberi
ucapan selamat
- Etika meminta/
memberi jasa
- Etika meminta/
memberi informasi
-Turn-taking
-Gambits
yang sesuai
dengan
ungkapan
- memuji
- memberi
selamat
- meminta,
memberi,
menolak
jasa
- meminta
dan
memberi
informasi
- memberi
perhatian
terhadap
pembicara
-
UNIT 1
Peta Kompetensi
x
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 2
Merespon dan
mengung- kap-
kan makna dalam
teks l i san dan
tulis berbentuk
recount
Mendengarkan
- Mengidentifkasi
makna ideasional
wacana monolog
recount
Berbicara
- Melakukan monolog
teks dalam bentuk
recount
Membaca
- Mengidentifkasi
main ideas
- Mengidentifkasi
supporting details
- Mengidentifkasi
informasi factual
- Makna kata, frasa,
dan kalimat
- Mengidentifkasi
langkah-langkah
retorika di dalam
wacana recount
- Membaca nyaring
(story telling) wacana
ragam tulis dengan
ucapan dan intonasi
yang enunjang
pemahaman
pendengaran jenis
teks recount
Menulis
- Menghasilkan teks
tulis bentuk recount
- Simple Past Tense
- Past continous
tense
- Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan traveling,
holiday atau
vacation
- Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan kegiatan di
waktu lampau
- Kata penghubung
Generic structure
of recount
Let me tell
you about…
…….
Well, ……..
Er ……
Ehm ……….
First, ………..
Then, ……….
After that
……….
Finally,
………
That’s all.
- Langkah-
langkah
retorika
recount
(generic
structure)
- menggu-
nakan
kamus
xi
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 3
Merespon dan
mengungkap-
kan makna
dalam teks
transaksional/
interpersonal
• Memberi dan
menerima
pendapat
• Menyata-kan
fakta
• Memberi dan
menerima
instruksi
Merespon dan
mengungkap-
kan makna
dalam teks
fungsional
pendek
• Advertise-
ments
• Postcards
• Notices
Mendengarkan
- mendengarkan
pendapat tentang
tempat, makanan,
atau benda
- mendengarkan
deskripsi tempat,
makanan, atau benda
- mendengarkan
pernyataan fakta
- mengevaluasi
pernyataan
- mendengarkan
instruksi
Berbicara
- menyatakan
pendapat tentang
tempat, makanan,
atau benda
- mendeskripsikan
tempat, makanan,
atau benda
- mengungkapkan
pernyataan fakta
- mengevaluasi
pernyataan
- memberi instruksi
Membaca
- Membaca
advertisements
- Membaca postcards
- Membaca notices
Menulis
- Menulis
advertisements
- Menulis postcards
- Menulis notices
- Simple Present
Tense
- Adjectives and
Adverbs
- What’s …like?
- How’s ….?
- It’s a …… place.
Imperative forms,
e.g:
- Carry your
umbrella!
- Take the pills
- Ungkapan-
ungkapan yang
sopan
- Small talk
- Etika memberi
dan meminta
pendapat
- Etika mengakui
dan mengingkari
fakta
- Etika memberi
petunjuk/ins-
truksi
- Gambits
yang sesuai
dengan
ungkapan
- salutations,
body, ending
- Meminta
klarifkasi
-
Mengguna-
kan kamus
xii
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 4
Merespon dan
mengungkapkan
makna dalam
teks lisan dan
tulis berbentuk
descriptive
Mendengarkan
- Mengidentifkasi
makna ideasional
wacana monolog
descriptive
Berbicara
- Melakukan monolog
teks dalam bentuk
descriptive
Membaca
- Mengidentifkasi
main ideas
- Mengidentifkasi
supporting details
- Mengidentifkasi
informasi factual
- Makna kata, frasa,
dan kalimat
- Mengidentifkasi
langkah-langkah
retorika di dalam
wacana descriptive
- Membaca nyaring
(story telling)
wacana ragam tulis
dengan ucapan
dan intonasi
yang enunjang
pemahaman
pendengaran jenis
teks descriptive
Menulis
- Menghasilkan
teks tulis bentuk
descriptive
- Adjective
- Simple Present
Tense
- Imperatives
- Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan vacation
- Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan rekreasi
-Generic structure
of descriptive
-Deskripsi musim
di negara-negara
subtropis
- Focus on
specifc
participants.
- Use of
Attributive
and
Identifying
Processes.
- Frequent
use of
Ephitets and
Classifers
in nominal
groups.
Use of simple
present tense
- menggu-
nakan
kamus
xiii
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 5
Transactional/
Interpersonal
• Meminta
dan memberi
informasi
• Menyatakan
persetujuan dan
tidak setuju
• Memberi saran
Mendengarkan
• Meminta, memberi
dan menolak
memberi informasi/
pendapat
• menjelaskan
• menganjurkan
• merespon
pernyataan
Berbicara
• meminta pendapat
• memberi pendapat
• menolak memberi
pendapat
• menjelaskan
• memberi informasi
kejadian
• menganjurkan
• meminta persetujuan
Membaca
• Mengidentifkasi
makna gagasan
(ideational) pada
teks pendek:
permission letter dan
kartu undangan
• Mengidentifkasi
generic structure
dan language
features teks pendek:
permission letter dan
kartu undangan
Menulis
• Menulis teks
pendek: teks pendek:
permission letter dan
kartu undangan
· Simple Past Tense
· Past continous
tense
· Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan traveling,
holiday atau
vacation
· Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan kegiatan
di waktu lampau
· Kata penghubung
• Ungkapan-
ungkapan yang
sopan
• Small talk
• Etika
menanyakan
dan memberi
informasi
• Etika meminta
persetujuan
• Etika menolak
persetujuan
• Etika memberi
rekomendasi
• Really?
• Then
• After that,
• Finally
• That’s all.
• I agree
• I’m all for it
• I disagree
• M i n t a
informasi
• Memberi
informasi
• Memberi
persetu
juan
• T i d a k
setuju
• Memberi
anjuran
xiv
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 6
Merespon dan
mengung-kapkan
makna dalam teks
lisan dan tulis
berbentuk
narrative
Mendengarkan
•Mengidentifkasi
makna ideasuional
wacana monolog
narrative
Berbicara
•Melakukan monolog
teks dalam bentuk
narrative
Membaca
•Mengidentifkasi
main ideas
•Mengidentifkasi
supporting details
•Mengidentifkasi
informasi factual
•Makna kata, frasa,
dan kalimat
•Mengidentifkasi
langkah-langkah
retorika di dalam
wacana narrative
•Membaca nyaring
(story telling)
wacana ragam tulis
dengan ucapan
dan intonasi
yang enunjang
pemahaman
pendengaran jenis
teks narrative
Menulis
•Menghasilkan teks
bentuk narrative
Pertanyaan
penyeru
dan retorika
‘What a
lovely
blouse’;
‘What …
happened
- Kata
penyangat
‘Really’; ‘No
kidding’
- Penggunaan
xv
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wacana
Strategi
UNIT 7
Transactional/
Interpersonal
• Requesting
• Inviting
Mendengarkan
• Menolak/
• memberi, meminta
jasa/barang
• menolak/menerima
tawaran
• menolak/menerima
undangan
Berbicara
• Menolak/
• memberi, meminta
jasa/barang
• menolak/menerima
tawaran
• menolak/menerima
undangan
• menawarkan
sesuatu
• membuka
percakapan tlepon
• melakukan
transaksi tujuan
menelpon
• menutup
percakapan telepon
Membaca
• Mengidentifkasi
tujuan short
functional text (teks
pendek) seperti
memo, undangan
sederhana, dsb.
• Memahami makna
teks-teks pendek
Menulis
• Menulis surat
pribadi, memo,
undangan
sederhana
• Modal can, could,
would, may
• Kata mind diikuti
V-ing
• Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan telepon
• Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan
permintaan
• Passive sentence
• Simple future
• Pronunciation dan
spelling
• Ungkapan-
ungkapan yang
sopan
• Small talk
• Etika bertelepon
• Etika menerima
ajakan/tawaran
• Etika menolak
ajakan/tawaran
• M i n t a
bantuan
• Menerima
tawaran
• Menerima
ajakan
• Menol ak
tawaran
• Menol ak
ajakan
• M i n t a
m a a f
k a r e n a
s a l a h
n o m o r
xvi
KD
Tindak
bahasa
Indikator
Kebahasaan
Sosio-kultural
Pembentu-
kan wa-
Strategi
UNIT 8
Merespon dan
mengung-kapkan
makna dalam teks
lisan dan tulis
berbentuk recount
Mendengarkan
· Mengidentifkasi
makna ideasional
wacana monolog
recount
Berbicara
· Melakukan monolog
teks dalam bentuk
recount
Membaca
· Mengidentifkasi
main ideas
· Mengidentifkasi
supporting details
· Mengidentifkasi
informasi factual
· Makna kata, frasa,
dan kalimat
· Mengidentifkasi
langkah-langkah
retorika di dalam
wacana recount
· Membaca nyaring
(story telling)
wacana ragam tulis
dengan ucapan
dan intonasi
yang enunjang
pemahaman
pendengaran jenis
teks recount
Menulis
· Menghasilkan teks
bentuk recount
• Simple Past Tense
• Past continous
tense
• Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan traveling,
holiday atau
vacation
• Kosa kata
berhubungan
dengan kegiatan
di waktu lampau
• Kata penghubung
Let me tell
you about…
…….
Well, ……..
Er ……
Ehm ……….
First, ………..
Then, ……….
After that
……….
Finally,
………
That’s all.
Langkah-
langkah
retorika
recount
(generic
structure)
Language
features
recount

Unit 1 - Congratulations
UNIT 1
Congratulations
In this unit, you will learn how to
respond to transactional and interpersonal dialogues about complimenting,
congratulating, requesting, and giving and asking for information;
produce transactional and interpersonal dialogues about complimenting,
congratulating, requesting, and giving and asking for information;
make ideational responses to short functional texts (notes, greeting cards, and
postcards);
produce short functional texts (notes, greeting cards, and postcards).
.
Pic. 1.1 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
What is the occasion?
Why do they look happy?
What do they say to one another?
What kind of party is it?
What do the friends say to the man?
Section One:
Complimenting; Congratulating; Requesting; Giving and Asking for Information
Presentation
Activity 1
Look at the pictures below and answer the questions that follow.

Pic. 1.2 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Pic. 1.3 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
What do you call it?
Do you have one?
What do you say to show that it is nice?
Pic 1.4
(http://www.coolbusinessideas.com)

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Activity 2
On some social occasions people celebrate special events. Here are some examples
of phrases of congratulations appropriate to these situations. The most common
response is “Thank you.” Practise reading these expressions aloud.
I’d like to offer my congratulations on your winning the English speech contest.
Congratulations on your new baby brother.
You must be really happy about your new motorcycle.
I am very happy for you. I hope you enjoy your new house.
Happy birthday/anniversary.
Here are some examples of the kinds of compliments common in social situations. Read
them aloud.
This is the nicest classroom.
You have a beautiful house.
I like your new dress.
This soup tastes delicious.
That salad looks wonderful.
What a good idea!
What a great dessert!
Activity 3
Exclamatory sentences for complimenting.
I live in the country. I love the country
life. Every morning when I get up and
open the window, I can hear the little birds
sing outside.
Today is a fne day. The rain has
ceased. The sun shines again. It shines in
through the window. I go out and look
around. I see that the felds and the hills are
green. The fowers and the houses are red.
The clouds above are white. Everything
looks pleasant.
How beautiful the country is!
In exclamatory sentences, we use ‘what’ to describe nouns, and use ‘how’ to describe
adjectives and adverbs, as in the following examples.
What a quiet night it is! How quiet the night is!
What a beautiful country it is! How beautiful the country is!
What a clever boy he is! How clever the boy is!
What pretty girls they are! How beautiful the girls are!
Pic 1.6
(http://www.wikarya.net)

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 4
Read the following dialogues about complimenting. Practise reading them. Then,
answer the questions that follow.
Dialogue 1
You : Excuse me, but I was just admiring your bag. It’s really
nice.
Stranger : Oh, thank you.
You : Could you tell me where you got it? I have been looking
for one like that for a long time.
Stranger : It’s from the Luggage Store in Plaza Indonesia.
You : Oh, thank you very much.
Questions
• What were you admiring?
• Where did the stranger buy it?
Dialogue 2
Stranger (in a lift) : Oh, I love your earrings, they are so beautiful!
You : Thank you. They’re silver.
Stranger : I know. Are they Yogya silver?
Your : No, they are Bali silver. I got them in Ubud.
Stranger : Oh, I see.
Questions:
• What are made of silver?
• Where did you buy them?
Dialogue 3
You : Happy birthday, Ed. Wow, what a cool watch you have! Is that a
present?
Eddy : Thanks. Yes, it’s a birthday present from my aunt. She bought it in
Singapore.
You : Lucky you! I wish I had a watch like that.
Eddy : I hope you’ll get a watch like this on your next birthday.
Questions:
• What are you complimenting?
• Whom did Eddy get the present from?
Activity 5
In some situations people have to request. Practise reading the following dialogues
about requesting. Then, answer these questions about each of the dialogues.

Unit 1 - Congratulations
• Who is requesting?
• What is he/she requesting?
• Is the request accepted or refused?
Dialogue 1
Nadia : I wonder whether I could borrow your typewriter.
Ella : For how long?
Nadia : Until the end of the week.
Ella : Yes. I think that would be alright.
Dialogue 2
Riza : Is there any chance of borrowing your car?
Ami : That would depend on when.
Riza : This weekend.
Ami : Sorry, I am using it as well.
Dialogue 3
Marni : Could you turn off the light, Hari?
Hari : Why? What’s the matter? I want to read this novel.
Marni : If we turn on too many lights, all the electricity in the house will go
off.
Hari : OK, then.
Activity 6
Practise reading the following dialogue about giving and asking for information.
You : Excuse me, could you tell me where the Public Library is, please?
Man : The Public Library? Let me see. Oh yes, of course I know. It is in
Robenton Road.
You : Is that near here?
Man : You just go along this street until you come to the frst traffc light.
Then turn left. It’s on your left just after the zebra crossing.
You : Thank you.
Practice
Activity 1
Comment on the following objects using “what” and “how”. Use the appropriate
adjectives in the word bank.
For example: What a fashionable shirt it is!
How bright the colour of the dress is!

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Word bank

fashionable expensive bright
elegant neat comfortable
casual beautiful formal

Pic.1.7 (Dit.PSMP,2006)
Activity 2
Complete the following dialogues with the right expressions.
Dialogue 1
Ari : Guess what! I got the frst winner prize for the debate
competition!
Bob : Really? _____________________.
Ari : Thank you.
Dialogue 2
Anna : Hey, Tom, you know what? My short story will be published in Hello
magazine next month!
Tom : Wow, _______________! That’s __________, An.
Anna : Thank you. I really worked hard for that story.
Tom : I know you did, and I’m sure it’s a great story. I can’t wait to read it.

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Dialogue 3
You : Den, I heard you won frst prize in the chess competition yesterday.
_______________!
Denny : Thanks! It was a tough competition.
You : Yes, I heard you competed against senior players.
Denny : That’s right, and I almost lost the third set. Luckily, I could improve
my play.
Activity 3
Here are other ways of requesting. Do as the examples.
Example: Can I borrow your typewriter?
I wonder whether I could borrow your typewriter.
1. Can I invite some friends round?
2. Can I use your telephone?
3. Can you help me with this math problem?
4. Can we stop by the post offce?
5. Can you turn off the TV?
6. Can you close the windows?
7. Can I use your dictionary?
8. Can I borrow your bicycle?
Example: A: Do you mind if I closed the window?
B: No, go right ahead and close it.
1. A: Do you mind if I turned the TV on?
B: ________________________________________
2. A: Do you mind if I turned the radio down?
B: ________________________________________
3. A: Do you mind if I made myself a cup of tea?
B: ________________________________________
4. A: Do you mind if I used your tools?
B: ________________________________________
5. A: Do you mind if I invited Nadia to your party?
B: _________________________________________
Activity 4
Give responses to the following expressions of requesting.
1. A: Can I use your ruler?
B: _____________________. I am using it now.
2. A: Can you bring these books for me, please?
B: ______________________.

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
3. A: Would you like any help?
B: _____________________, but I think I can manage myself.
4. A: Do you think I could use your motorcycle?
B: ______________________. You don’t have the license yet.
5. A: Can you accompany me to the fashion shop?
B: ______________________
6. A: Can I borrow your electronic dictionary?
B: __________________. Here you are.
7. A: Can you type this letter for me, please?
B: ___________________.
Activity 5
In small groups, act out the dialogues for these pairs of situations. Then perform
your best scene for the class.
Situations 1
Pic. 1.8 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Situations 2
Pic. 1.9 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Activity 6
In pairs, construct your own dialogues. Here are samples of situations for the
dialogues.

1. Roleplay a conversation. One of you is the assistant in a clothes store; the other is
the customer. The customer wants to buy some new clothes for a holiday in Bali.
Follow the guide below:
2. Andi and Boni are good friends from the same school. Andi sees Boni on a new
motorcycle and begins to talk with him.
Andi Boni
greets Boni returns greeting
compliments Boni on the new
motorcycle
accepts compliments; tells when the
motorcycle was bought
asks to try the motorcycle agrees or refuses and gives reasons
expresses thanks or expresses
disappointment
answers thanking or asks for
apology

admire the clothes
ask to see them. (May I … )
ask to try the clothes on. (May I … )
comment on the clothes and ask
for a different size/color if necessary
say what size you are
say you’ll have the item and
ask the price and ask the price
pay, thank, and leave the store
0
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Production
Activity 1
In pairs, make dialogues based on the situations below.
1. You meet a woman in a bookstore. She has a very beautiful handbag.
Compliment her for it.
2. You are sitting next to a young man on a bus. He compliments your T-shirt.
3. You have just eaten dinner at your friend’s house. You really liked the meal.
Compliment him/her for it.
4. Your friend is taking you around his/her house. You see an interesting
painting in the family room. Your friend made the painting himself/herself.
Compliment him/her for it.
5. Your friend is wearing a new T-shirt. You admire the picture on it.
Activity 2
Prepare short dialogues, and perform them in front of the class. Use the situations
below.
1. Your cousin tells you that she was awarded the frst prize in the English
competition in her school. Congratulate her.
2. You tell your best friend that your English poem is published in the newspaper.
He/She congratulates you.
3. Your friend has just won the provincial debate contest. Congratulate him/
her.
Activity 3
Complete the following dialogues about requests with the appropriate
expressions.
1. A: Can I use this coupon?
B: ________________. We don’t accept coupons here.
2. A: May I exchange these shoes? They are too tight.
B: ________________.
3. A: ________________?
B: Sure. We accept either cash or a credit card.
4. A: ________________?
B: Sure. It’s 100,000 rupiahs.
5. A: Can I return this sweater? But, sorry, I don’t have a receipt.
B: __________________.

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Activity 4
Work in pairs, ask where some well-known places in your town or city are. Use
some of the phrases below:
- just across the post offce
- at the end of the street
- on the left
- next to
- on the right
- just opposite
Section Two:
Short Functional Texts (notes, greeting cards, and postcards)
Presentation
Activity 1
When do people send greeting cards? What messages do they choose? Match the
messages below with the occasions. Some messages can be used more than once.
Messages: Occasions:
1. Congratulations. a. any time
2. Best wishes. b. someone has died
3. Happy … c. Christmas/Easter
4. Good luck. d. birthday/anniversary/new year
5. Season’s greetings e. someone has got a new job
6. Bon Voyage. f. someone is going to take the exam
7. Get well soon. g. someone has just passed an exam
8. With sympathy. h. someone is getting married
Activity 2
People often write cards to congratulate. Here are some examples.
Dear Tommy,
I heard that you have passed the fnal exam and got the highest
score in English subject at your school. Congratulations! You
deserved it.
Auntie Susan

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Dear Lisa,
Congratulations on your winning the frst prize of the English debate
competition. I learned about it from your Mom.
Love,
Ella
Complete these sentences based on the information in the cards.
1. Tommy is Auntie Susan’s ___________________.
2. Auntie Susan congratulated Tommy because _______________.
3. Lisa has won _______________.
4. Ella heard the news from ________________.
Activity 3
Linda is writing a note for her friend how to get to her place. Read the note
carefully.
5 bus --- Kahuripan/Majapahit --- cross Kahuripan
--- walk up Kahuripan --- Sarinah Department
Store --- meet you at 4 --- my place --- about 20-
minute walk
To get to my house,
take a number 5 bus
and get off at the corner
of Kahuripan and
Majapahit Street. Then
cross to the other side
of Kahuripan Street
and walk up Kahuripan
Street until you come to
Sarinah Department Store. I’ll meet you in front of
the store at 4. It’s about a 20-minute walk from there
to my place.

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Activity 4
Read this postcard. Use your dictionary for the diffcult words.
Answer these questions.
1. Who wrote the postcard?
2. What is the postcard about?
3. Did she like the weather?
4. What did she do during the vacation?
Practice
Activity 1
Think of a situation. Complete the following congratulating card.
Dear _______________,
Just a note to congratulate you on _________________.
That’s great. You deserved it.
_________________.
Dear Rusdi,
I just got back from Yogyakarta. The
weather was nice the whole week, and
I really had a great vacation. I walked
along Malioboro Street on the frst
day. The next day I went shopping and
bought some batik clothes at Beringharjo
Market.
I went to Yogyakarta Palace one day.
Guess what? I saw the Sultan.
I enjoyed my vacation. Well, that’s all
for now.
Cheers,
Fahmida

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 2
Write a postcard that tells your experience in your vacation. The following is some
information about your vacation.
• You are now in Yogya.
• You arrived yesterday.
• You are staying in Sederhana Losmen.
• You saw Agnes Monica walking down Malioboro Street.
• You are now going on a tour to Borobudur.
• You are having a great time.
Activity 3
You plan to go to Joko’s house. The following information tells you what you
should do. Now write a note based on the information.
15 bus ------ Blora Street -------- get off Rose In Hotel ------ 20 bus ------ get off
Kahuripan Street ----- walk up Basuki Rachmad Street ----- frst traffc light ---
-- cross over ----- meet you there 5.15 ----- 15-minute walk ----- my place
Production
Activity 1
Write a congratulating message for the following situations.
1. A friend has just been elected chairperson of OSIS.
2. A cousin has won the frst prize for the local dancing competition.
3. A classmate has just passed the acting audition for a television program.
Activity 2
Write a note that tells a friend how to get from your school to a place where you
want to meet him or her.
Activity 3
In a group of two write a postcard to a friend about your last vacation. Include
giving compliment on the place, the food, prices, etc.
Activity 4
Now work individually. Write a postcard about your last vacation. Include
compliment on the place, the food, prices, etc.

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Homework
1. In pairs, draw a map of your school. Take turns giving and asking for
information about the location of these places.
• parking lot
• library
• canteen
• laboratory
• school yard
• principal’s offce
2. In the class, give directions to a certain place on your map. Your classmates
guess the place you mean.

Summary
In this unit, you have learned
• how to congratulate;
• how to compliment;
• how to request; and
• how to give and ask for information.
You also have learned
• how to write notes, and
• how to write greeting cards and postcards.
Evaluation
I. Complete the following dialogues with the right expressions.
1. Nadia : Hey, Riza, you know what? My painting will be published
in Hello magazine next month!
Riza : Wow, that’s __________, Nadia. _______________!
Nadia : Thank you. I really worked hard for that.
Riza : I know you did, and I’m sure it’s a great painting. I can’t
wait to see it.
2. Mida : I wonder ________________________.
Ann : Tell me when.
Mida : Next weekend actually.
Ann : Let me think it over, and I will tell you later.
3. Dika : ___________________.
Firda : Does it look all right?
Dika : Yes, and it matches your scarf perfectly.
Firda : Thank you.

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
4. Stranger : _________________?
Fahmi : Japanese Restaurant? Walk up Rajawali Street, and turn
left. It’s on the right.
Stranger : _____________.
5. Clerk : May I help you?
Customer : _________________________.
Clerk ` : The shoe department is over there. To the right of the
sports department.
6. Riza : _____________________?
Nana : Sure. It’s ten thirty.
Riza : Thanks. Wow, it’s ten minutes left. I have to hurry.
7. Customer : Could I have another plastic bag, please?
Clerk : ___________________.
Customer : Thank you.
8. Boy : _____________________?
Librarian : Yes, of course. You can renew the novel twice.
Boy : _____________________?
Librarian : Sorry, you can’t check out this magazine.
9. Stranger :______________________?
Rahmi : The Brawijaya Museum is at the corner. Just walk down
this street.
10. Rina : My motorcycle doesn’t start. _______________________?
Tati : I am sorry. Mine is being repaired.
II. Complete the following post card that tells about your experience on holiday.
Hi ________________,
Greetings from _____________. I arrived _____________and I am having a
great time now.
This morning, ____________________ . Tomorrow, ____________________.
I enjoy ___________________.
I will be back _____________. See you soon.
Regards,
________________
III. Write a note based on the information below.
101 mini bus --- get off Sriwijaya Inn --- walk down Singasari Street --- frst
crossroad --- turn left --- about 5-minute walk --- my house, Garuda Street
No. 13

Unit 1 - Congratulations
Refection
• Part of this unit that I like most is _______________________ because _______
___________________.
• I can do _________________ to practise this unit.
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
audition n
[5:'oijnj
audisi
awarded adj.
[c'w5:oioj
dianugerahi
compliment n
['kompIimcntj
pujian
congratulate v
[kcn'grætjoIcitj
memberi selamat
deserve v
[oi'zc:vj
berhak
destination n
[ocsti'ncijnj
tujuan
exclamation n
[ckskIc'mcijnj
seruan
message n
['mcsio¸j
pesan
note n
[ncotj
catatan
prize n
[praizj
hadiah
request n
[ri'kwcstj
permintaan
tough adj.
[t\Ij
ketat

Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent
advertisement n
[co'vc:tizmcntj
iklan
alley n
['æIij
gang
allowance n
[c'Iaocnsj
uang saku
altitude n
['æItitju:oj
ketinggian di atas
permukaan air laut
amazing adj.
[c'mcizipj
menakjubkan
appointment n
[c'p5intmcntj
janji, perjanjian
attached adj.
[c'tætjtj
ditempel
audition n
[5:'oijnj
audisi
awarded adj.
[c'w5:oioj
dianugerahi
barbeque n
['bo:bikju:j
pesta diluar rumah
dengan memanggang
daging

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

VRead the following poem!
Around the Year
In January the year just begins.
In February there’s a Valentine for everyone.
In March the winds can blow and blow.
In April spring comes and there’s no more snow.
In May the air is fresh and clean.
In June the grass is long and green.
In July the sun is high in the sky.
In August hot winds go blowing by.
In September we children go to school.
In October Halloween fun is the rule.
In November we have a day of Thanksgiving.
In December there’s holiday fun in giving.
Cultural notes
After reading the poem, answer these questions.
1. How many cultural events are there in the poem?
2. What season is mentioned?
3. Describe the air in May.
4. How is the grass in June?
5. How is the sun in July?
6. How would you feel in August? What season
do you think it is?
7. Why do you have ‘holiday fun in giving’ in December?
8. Which countries do you think experience those events?
Fun
Page
19
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
UNIT 2
Tell me your experience
In this unit, you will learn how to
respond to spoken monologue texts of recount;
create spoken monologue texts of recount;
identify the meanings, the linguistic features, and the text structure of written essays
of recount;
create written essays of recount using the appropriate linguistic features and text
structure.
(Recount)
Pic. 2.1 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
20
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Spoken Recount
Presentation
Activity 1
Listen to your teacher telling a past experience while he/she was ill. While you
are listening to your teacher, pay attention to the events which your teacher
experienced in the past.
1. What happened to the teacher several days ago?
2. Where did the teacher go?
3. Whom did the teacher meet?
4. Who gave the teacher an injection?
5. What was the doctor’s advice?
6. Did you have the same experience?
7. If you did, what would you do?
8. Would you go to a doctor?
Activity 2

Your teacher will tell you another past experience.
Can you guess the story by looking at the picture?
The workmen who were building the new
hospital in my town caught a snake last month.
It was in the drain near the building construction
site.
Early in the morning, a workman was just going
to sit under the tree when suddenly he saw a long
creature lying in the drain. It did not move when he
was approaching it. Then he shouted to the other
workmen who were going to start to work. Then,
they caught the 8 – metre long phyton and brought
it to the authority of the zoo in this town.
The diameter of its body was about 25 centimeters. They believed that the snake
might belong to someone living in the area. The police were trying to fnd the owner.
Listen to the story carefully, then do the follo
wing exercise to help you understand. Say whether the following statements are True
or False.
1. ….. The workman found the snake at the site of the building
construction.
2. ….. The construction was going to be a new hospital.
3. ….. The workman was sitting under the tree when he saw a snake.
Pic. 2.2 (www.ecliptic.ch)
21
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
4. ….. The snake was approaching the workman.
5. ….. It was a phyton.
6. ….. It belonged to the zoo.
Activity 3
Simple Past Tense
The Simple Past Tense is used to tell about past experiences. When you are telling
about your experience in the past, you are creating a recount text.
Exercise 1
Regular verbs
Look at the following pictures. Make short dialogues telling what you did
yesterday.
For example:
Ari : What did you do yesterday?
Budi : I worked yesterday.
Pic. 2.3 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
22
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Exercise 2
Irregular verbs
Look at the pictures. Make short dialogues telling what you did last
weekend.
For example:
Ani : What did you do last weekend?
Bimo : I got up late.
Pic. 2.4 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Practice
Activity 1
Listen to the teacher reading the following text.
While listening to your teacher, you may fll in the blanks with the words in the
box.

Pic. 2.5 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
It was my grandpa’s birthday last Sunday. On Friday, my sister
and I went shopping at the …..(1)…... We bought a nice …..(2)…... Then,
we wrapped it in a blue paper. Blue is my grandpa’s favourite colour.
On Saturday morning, my brother and I helped my sister making a birthday cake in
the …..(3)…... It was a big and beautiful …..(4)…... I wrote ‘Happy Birthday’ on it.
After that, we put some chocolate and a ….. (5)….. on the top of the cake.
On Sunday evening, my uncle and my aunt came to my …..(6)…... They brought
several bottles of soft-drink, and …..(7)….. for grandpa. Then, we sat together in the
…..(8)…... Finally, grandpa blew the candle and cut the cake while we were singing a
23
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
‘Happy Birthday’ song for him. After giving each of us a piece of cake, he opened the
present. He told us that he liked the present, and he was very …..(9)…...
mall shirt house kitchen
birthday cake candle fowers living room happy
Listen carefully to the correct pronunciation.
After the teacher reads the text, you may read the text loudly with a correct
pronunciation. After that, fnd the meaning of the diffcult words by
consulting a dictionary. You should open your dictionary to fnd out the
correct pronunciation and the meaning of certain words.
Activity 2
Complete the following recount text with the correct forms of the verbs in the box.
Then, answer the questions that follow.
buy eat get go make see sit take
Shirley’s Day Off
Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. She …..(1)….. up late, …..(2)….. jogging in
the park, …..(3)….. a long shower, and …..(4)….. a big breakfast. In the afternoon, she
…..(5)….. a movie with her sister. Then, she …..(6)….. groceries at the supermarket,
and she …..(7)….. a big dinner for her parents. After dinner, Shirley and her parents
…..(8)….. in the living room and talked. Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday.
Questions:
1. In the beginning of the text, what kinds of information do you get?
a. Who enjoyed the day off?
b. When did Shirley have her day off?
c. Where did she spend her day off?
2. What did Shirley do in the morning?
3. What did Shirley do in the afternoon?
4. What did Shirley do in the evening?
5. What kind of day off did Shirley have yesterday?
Pic. 2.6 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
24
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 3
In the following exercise, you will learn Andi’s frst experience travelling by plane.
Change the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Then, answer the questions
that follow.
Andi (1. be) on a plane. It (2. be) the frst time for him. A stewardess always (3.
help) him. And she also (4. give) him food, drink, snack and candies. He (5. think),
“How kind she is!”. Then he (6.
hear) an announcement, “Good
morning ladies and gentlemen.
This fight is led by Captain Ferda.
It will fy at an altitude of 28.000
feet. Well, ladies and gentlemen
have a pleasant fight.” Andi (7.
be) so excited that he (8. shut) his
eyes to (9. look) outside at the
clouds. “Wow, I am fying now.”
He (10. think), “What an exciting
experience!”
Pic. 2.7 (http://www.weidemyr.com)
Questions:
1. What did Andi think about the stewardess?
2. Who few the fight?
3. How high did the plane fy?
4. How did Andi feel?
Activity 4
Listen to the following song and put the correct words in the blank spaces. What
message does the song give us? Discuss with your friends.
Yesterday
(The Beatles)
Yesterday, all my troubles …..(1)….. so far
away
Now, it …..(2)….. as though they’re here to
stay
Oh I believe in yesterday.
Suddenly, I’m not half the man I …..(3)…..to be
There’s a shadow hanging over me
Oh yesterday, …..(4)….. suddenly
Pic. 2.8 (www.captainsdead.com)
Why she …..(5)….. to go I don’t know
She wouldn’t say
I …..(6)….., something wrong, now I …..(7)….. for yesterday
25
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
Yesterday, love …..(8)….. such an easy game to play
Now I …..(9)….. a place to hide away
Oh, I …..(10)….. in yesterday
Mm Mm Mm Yesterday
Production
Activity 1
Your teacher will tell you another story. Listen to the story carefully. Fill in the
blanks with the suitable verbs in the box.
I am used to travelling by air and only on one
occasion have I ever felt frightened. After taking off, we …
(1)…. low over the city. It slowly …(2)... high to the sky. But,
suddenly it …(3)…. round and …(4)... back to the airport. An
air-hostess …(5)…. us to keep calm and to get off the plane
quietly as soon as it …(6)... down. Everybody on board …(7)...
worried and we …(8)…. curious to fnd out what …(9).. Later
we …(10)…. that there …(11)… a very important person
on board. Earlier, somebody …(12)…. the police that there
…(13)…. a bomb on the plane. After we …(14)…., the police
…(15)…. the plane carefully. Fortunately they …(16)…. not
…(17)…. a bomb and fve hours later we …(18)…. able to
take off again.
happened did-fnd went turned few
few told learnt told were
touched landed was searched was
were was
Activity 2
Complete the dialogue below based on the recount text above.
A: How do you usually travel?
B: _______________________.
A: Did you have any interesting experience while traveling?
B: Yes, _______________________.
A: Could you tell me what happened?
B: ___________________.
A: It is really an interesting experience.
Pic. 2.9
(www.offthemarkcartoons.com)
26
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 3
Tell your experience when you were in one of the following situations or places.
For example:
A Party
Tell about a party you enjoyed.
What did you eat?
What did you drink?
What did people do at the party?
“I was at my friend’s birthday party last weekend.
We ate a lot of food and drank many kinds of drink.
We danced and talked about funny things”.
Look at the following pictures and construct a recount text.
Use the questions as guidelines to construct your text.
• When did you go to the theatre, hospital, or library?
• What happened in those places?
Theatre
Pic.2.10 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Hospital
Pic.2.11 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Library
Pic.2.12 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
27
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
Section Two:
Writen Recount
Presentation
Activity 1
Read Maya’s biography. Then, answer the questions that follow.
Maya Gazali
Maya Gazali was born in Palu. She grew up in a small village. She began school
when she was six years old. She went to elementary school, but she didn’t go to high
school. Her family was very poor, and she had to go to work when she was thirteen
years old. She worked on an assembly line in a shoe factory.
When Maya was seventeen years old, her family moved to West Java. First, they
lived in Bogor, and then they moved to Bandung. When Maya arrived in Java, she
wasn’t very happy. She missed her friends back in Palu and she didn’t speak like
other children. She began to learn to speak like other children, and she practiced with
her new friends at the factory in Bandung.
Maya also studied hard. She learned English, and after a few months she got a job
as a secretary. Now Maya still studies at night, but now she studies advertising at a
business school. She wants to work for an advertising company some day and write
commercials.
Maya still misses her friends back home, but she communicates with them very
often over the Internet. She’s very happy now, and she’s looking forward to an
exciting future.
Questions:
1. What is the text mainly about?
2. How was her childhood?
3. How old was she when her family moved to Java?
4. What does she do?
5. What is she studying now? Why?
6. What does she do to avoid missing her friends back home?
7. How does the writer start the text?
8. How does the text end?
Activity 2
Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the biography above.
….. Maya’s family moved to Java.
….. Maya studies advertising now.
….. Maya grew up in a small village.
….. Maya’s family moved to Bogor.
….. Maya worked in a shoe factory.
….. Maya began to study English at night.
28
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
….. Maya went to elementary school.
….. Maya’s family lived in Bandung.
….. Maya got a job as a secretary
Activity 3
Past Continuous Tense
BE + VERB + ing
(past)
I
He
She
was working
It
We
You
They
were working.
By referring to the pattern above, read the following dialogues.
Roni : What was Doris doing last night when the lights went out?
Ben : She was taking a bath.
Amy : What were Mr. and Mrs. Green doing last night when the lights went
out?
Sony : They were preparing for dinner.
Now, look at the pictures and make similar dialogues about these people.
Pic. 2.13 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
29
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
Activity 4
Recount is a text which has social function to retell events for the purpose of
informing or entertaining. Read the following text carefully.
Last summer, the writer of a famous novel went to Italy. He visited museums.
He sat in a public garden, and a friendly waiter taught him a few Italian words. He
thought about postcards yesterday. His holiday passed quickly. On the last day, he got
up early and bought 37 cards. He was in his room all day, but he did not write a single
card. (Modifed from Alexander, 1990)
When you tell about what happened in the past, it means that you make a recount
text. A recount text has the following text structure:
Orientation: provides the setting and introduces participants
The writer went to Italy.
Events: tell what happened, in what sequence
He visited museums.
He sat in a public garden.
He thought about postcards yesterday.
His holiday passed quickly.
He got up early and bought 37 cards.

Re-orientation : optional-closure of events
He was in his room all day, but he did not write a single card.
Language features of a Recount
Underline the participants in the following text.
Circle all the verbs written in past tense in the text.
Number 1 has been done for you.
Please send me a card
No Transitional devices Events
1 Last summer The writer went to Italy
2 He visited museums.
3 He sat in a public garden,
4 And
a friendly waiter taught him a few
Italian words.
5 Everyday he thought about postcards.
6
His holidays passed quickly but he did
not send any cards to his friends.
30
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
7 On the last day he got up early and bought 37 cards.
8
He was in his room all day, but he did
not write a single card.
Practice
Activity 1
Chained story
With your classmates, make a biography of famous people that you know. One of
you may start the biography by telling the name and the profession. It should be
someone famous, so that your friends can continue the biography.
For example:
A : Britney Spears is a very famous singer.
B : She was born in America.
C : She made several albums some years ago.
D : She began her career in her early twenties.
E : Her popular song was Baby One More Time.
F : She got married already.
G : and so on
Activity 2
Vocabulary building
Look at the following picture. Where do you think they are? What are they
doing?

Pic. 2.14 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
31
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
Fill in in the word map with the activities which people usually do in their
vacation.

When you are traveling, you may have problems.
The following expressions describe the people’s feeling.
We often use colourful expression to describe how we feel. Try to match the
following expressions with the feelings they describe.
….. 1. “My stomach is growling.” A. angry
….. 2. “I can’t keep my eyes open.” B. embarrassed
….. 3. “I’m jumping for joy.” C. tired
….. 4. “I’m seeing red.” D. nervous
….. 5. “I’m feeling blue.” E. scared
….. 6. “I’m on pins and needles.” F. hungry
….. 7. “I’m shaking like a leaf.” G. sad
….. 8. “I’m ashamed to look at them straight H. happy
in the eye.”
Activity 3
Read this text and then discuss with your friends the questions that follow.
One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson. All the students
did reading tasks. Suddenly Sandra Dewi vomited. All other students stopped writing.
Mrs. Lidia helped her immediately. The chairman of the class sent for the school’s
doctor.
In fve minutes the doctor came. He examined her carefully. He examined her eyes.
He felt her stomach. He listened to her heart beat. He measured her blood pressure.
Going abroad
VACATION
Visiting
Grandparent’s
house
32
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Then he took her temperature.
“I’m afraid she suffers from
malaria. Her temperature is very
high. That is why she vomited.
She has a very bad cough, too.
I’ll give her some pills for her
malaria, some tablets for her
fever, and syrup for her cough.
She needs a week’s rest”, said
the doctor.
Questions:
1. What is the text telling you about?
2. What did the students do? What happened?
3. What was the name of the teacher?
4. What did the doctor do?
5. What was Sandra Dewi suffering from?
6. What did the doctor recommend?
7. Identify the text structure by listing the happenings according to
these categories of: orientation, events, and re-orientation.
Activity 4
Refecting on information organization
Read the letter below.
Read the letter below.
Orientation
(who/where/
when)
Dear Grandpa and Grandma,
Yesterday at my school we had an International
day. We had performances, food stalls, displays,
raffe ticket draw, and some of us were dressed in
costumes.
Event 1 We started our day off with performances but the
one I liked best was the one from fourth grade.
We played games. The performance I was in was
Labamba.
Event 2 Straight after our performances we had our lunch.
There were food stalls. They came from Australia,
Asia, Arab, and Greece
Pic. 2.15(Dit. PSMP, 2006)
33
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
Event 3 Everyone had a job. These people were from sixth
grade. I did my job after I had lunch. My job was
to sell International Day Books.
Event 4 We had displays in the hall. These displays were
good but I didn’t get to see them. The displays
came from a lot of countries.
Event 5 There was also a Trash and Treasure stall where
they sold toys. The school got these things by
asking the children to bring them in.
Re-orientation
(the writer’s
feeling)
Although I didn’t win anything, International Day
was still fun
Love from Sue
Answerthesequestions
1. Why did Sue write the letter?
2. To whom did she write the letter?
3. What did she tell in the letter?
4. Mention the words that Sue uses to tell the order of events.
5. Are the verbs in the present or in the past tense?
6. Write all the action verbs (e.g., started, played etc,) you fnd in the
letter.
Production
Activity 1
Identifying text structure
Read the postcard and complete the diagram.
Dear Sylvia,
How’s everything? We just came back from our vacation in
Peru.
It was fantastic.
Machu Picchu is an Inca city in the Andes Mountains.
We took a bus in Aguas Calientes and arrived in Machu
Picchu in the morning.
We spent the day there and went to Cuzco in the evening.
In Cuzco we hired a Peruvian guide, and we learned a lot
about The Inca culture.
Talk to you soon,
Peter and Julie.
34
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4 Event 5
After completing the diagram, make a postcard telling your friend your experience
when you were away. Use the following questions to guide you.
• Where did you go?
• What happened frst?
• What happened next?
• What happened at the end?
Activity 2
Edit the text below so that it makes sense. Things to look for are apostrophes,
capitals, commas, and spelling.
Down the Drain
one saturday evening while washing the dishes mum accidentally
nocked her favourite ring on the tap immediately she glanced to see if it
was all right to her horror she noticed that one of the gems was missing
without thinking she pulled the plug out and observed the green stone
slid under a plate and go down the drain mum was dreadfully upset
because it was her grandmother’s ring.
(Taken from O’Brien & Purcell, 1998)
Homework
Write a recount text of your own. Think about a memorable event in your life.
Remember these points when telling.
• Begin the story by telling when and where it happened as well as
who participated.
• Write the events in the order they happened.
• End your story.
Summary
In this unit, you have learned
• how to respond to spoken recount being told to you;
• how to make spoken recount of your own;
• how to respond to written recount; and
• how to make written recount of your own.
Took bus
in Aguas
calientes
learned a
lot about
inca
culture
35
Unit 2 - Tell me your experience
You have also learned these.
• Recount is a text which has social function to retell events for the purpose
of informing or entertaining.
• When you tell about the happenings in the past, it means that you make a
recount text.
• A recount text begins with information about who, where, and when;
continues to list the events that happened; and ends with a closure.
Evaluation
Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order.
1. His life ended with his being hanged in Melbourne jail.
2. He was the leader of the Kelly Gang.
3. At the age of eleven, his father died.
4. Ned Kelly is Australia’s best known bushranger.
5. Ned drifted into crime, being arrested as a ffteen-year-old for
bushranging.
6. Soon after, he was sent to prison for three years for horse theft.
7. As he felt victimized, Ned fnally embarked on three years of
violent crime.
Refection
1. I think I know how to retell past events to inform or to entertain.
2. Part of this unit that is the most impressive is _______________
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
altitude n
['æItitju:oj
ketinggian di atas
permukaan air laut
bushranger n
[boj'rcino¸cj
penguasa hutan
day off n
[ocioIj
liburan
entertaining adj.
[cntc'tcinipj
bersifat menghibur
event n
[i'vcntj
kejadian
experience n
[ik'spi:cricnsj
pengalaman
gem n
[o¸cmj
batu permata
pleasant adj.
['pIczcntj
menyenangkan
sequence n
['si:kwcnsj
urutan
36
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Read the poems, and then answer the questions that follow.

Poem 1
Birthday Boy
When I was one
It was so much fun.
When I was two
The world was new.
Then I turned quickly
Into a boy of three.
One year more
And I was four.
Now I’m happy to say
I’m a year older today.
And soon you’ll see
Another birthday party for me
Do you know
How old I’ll be?
Poem 2
The Little Turtle
There was a little turtle.
He lived in a box.
He swam in a puddle.
He climbed on the rocks.
He snapped at a mosquito.
He snapped at a fea.
He snapped at a minnow.
And he snapped at me.
He caught the mosquito.
He caught the fea.
He caught the minnow.
And he didn’t catch me.
Vachel Lindsay
Questions:
1. What is Poem 1 about?
2. How old is the boy now?
3. How old will the boy be?
4. What is Poem 2 about?
5. What could the turtle do?
6. What couldn’t the turtle do?
Fun
Page
37
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
UNIT 3
In this unit, you will learn how to
• respond to transactional and interpersonal dialogues about giving and asking for
opinions, expressing facts, and giving instructions;
• produce transactional and interpersonal dialogues about giving and asking for
opinions, expressing facts, and giving instructions;
• make ideasional responses to short functional texts (advertisements, postcards, and
notices);
• write short functional texts (advertisements, postcards, and notices).
What do You Do for Fun ?
Pic. 3.1(Dit. PSMP, 2006)
38
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Giving and Asking for Opinions, Expressing Facts, and Giving Instructions
Presentation
Activity 1
People have many things to do in their leisure time. Some people visit the park
near their house, while some others do interesting activities. What about you?
Listen to your teacher asking you about your opinions related to spare-time activities!
The questions could be like these:
- What do you usually do in your free time?
- Is there a recreation park near your place?
- What do you like most about your favourite place?
- Do you do anything special in your free time?
- Do you like to do outdoor activities?
Look at the following pictures. They tell you some tourism objects and outdoor activities.
Talk about them with your teacher.
Pic. 3.2 (www.differentbaliindonesia.com) Pic. 3.3(www.bsec-exhibition.com)
Pic. 3.4 (www.luckymountainhome.com) Pic. 3.5 (www.elysiaresort.com)
39
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Activity 2
Look at the following examples.
These are some ways to express opinions about places and activities.
Yogyakarta’s an exciting city It’s a very exciting city.
Singapore’s a clean city. It’s fairly clean.
Jogging is a cheap exercise. It’s very cheap.
Fishing is not a boring activity. It’s not very boring.
Rafting is dangerous for some people. It’s too dangerous for some people.
a) Match each word in list A with its opposite in list B
A B
1) beautiful . . . boring
2) big . . . rude
3) cheap . . . dirty
4) clean . . . expensive
5) friendly . . . small
6) interesting . . . noisy
7) quiet . . . safe
8) dangerous . . . ugly
b) Match the questions in column A with the answers in column B. Then
practice the conversations with your partner.
A B
a) What’s Hong Kong like?
Is it an interesting place?
b) What’s your hometown like?
Do you like it?
c) Tell me about Sydney.
I’ve never been there.
d) Is Amsterdam a modern city?
____ Oh, really? It’s beautiful. It has great
harbor and beautiful beaches.
____ No, it’s very old. It has lots of fascinating
streets, canals, and buildings.
____ Oh yes, it is. It’s very exciting, but it’s
pretty crowded.
____ No, I hate it! It’s very boring. That’s
why I moved away.
40
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 3
Do you ever feel bored? Do you feel the same way as Amy? She is complaining
about her lifestyle. Roger suggests things that she can do. Let’s listen to the
conversation.
Amy : Oh, I’m so tired. Every day is the same: work, work, work! I’m
so exhausted.
Roger : I’m sorry to hear that. I know. Do something fun every
evening. Do some exercise every day and don’t take
any work home. It works for me.
When Roger offers Amy things she can do, he is using the imperatives. An imperative
tells someone to do something. Look at some more examples:
Giving commands : Stop the car.
Giving advice : Don’t worry about it.
Giving instructions : First, peel the potatoes. Then, boil the water.
Giving warnings : Be careful. The foor is wet.
Cultural Notes
The difference between a command and a request lies in the speaker’s tone of voice and
the use of please.
Now, look at the pictures. Match the warnings and commands to the pictures.
Stop. Police. Please put your seat belt on.
Watch out for the ball. Look out.
Don’t step on the truck. Sit down and be quiet.
=
1. Look Out________________ 2. ________________________
Mind Your Manner
Smile when you answer the phone, whoever calls will be able to hear it in
your voice.
41
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
3. ________________________ 4. ________________________
5. ______________________ 6. ________________________
Pic. 3.6 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Activity 4
Let’s listen to some more dialogues. This time people are giving and asking for
instructions when travelling.
Dialogue 1
Have you ever gone by plane? Do you know the procedures to follow before the
plane takes off? Listen to your teacher read the dialogue.
A fight attendant is giving some instructions to the passengers before the plane
takes off.
Announcer : Ladies and gentlemen. Welcome aboard United Airlines
780. Please fasten your seat-belts. Put your seat in the
upright position and do not smoke. Read carefully the
card on passenger safety. You will fnd this in the pocket
of the seat in front of you.
Mr. Lim : Excuse me. How do you put this seat upright, please?
Stewardess : Press this button. The one on the arm of your seat.
Mr. Lim : Oh,there. Thank you.
Stewardess : You’re welcome.
42
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Comprehension questions:
1. What is the announcement about?
2. Where can you fnd the card on passenger safety?
3. Who is asking the stewardess?
4. What is the button on the arm of the seat for?
Dialogue 2
Mary is going abroad for the frst time. Her father is giving her some
instructions. Listen to your teacher reading the dialogue.
Father : Remember Mary, look after your passport.
Mary : Don’t worry, I will.
Father : Keep it in a safe place. And don’t carry too much
money with you when you go out.
Mary : Where should I leave my money when I go out?
Father : Leave it at the hotel desk. But get a receipt for it. And use
your ATM card wisely. And there’s another thing. Don’t stay
out at night. Get back by 10 o’clock every night.
Mary : Don’t worry, I will.
Father : And write to us every week.
Comprehension questions:
1. Where is Mary going?
2. List things that Mary should do.
3. List things that Mary shouldn’t do.
4. What does her father want her to do every week?
Activity 5
Mrs. Cohen is on holiday in Indonesia. She’s talking with the host. Listen to
your teacher reading the dialogue. He/she will repeat it two or three times.
And do you like it here, Mrs. Cohen?
Oh, please call me Ann. Yes, I like it. A lot.
And what do you think of the food?
Well…actually…I’m not very keen on it.
I mean…It’s too hot for me.
Mrs. Cohen
The host
43
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Do you know how to describe a place? What do people usually ask? Look at the
following examples about giving and asking for opinions!
1. A: What’s Yogya Palace like? B: It’s a fascinating place.
What’s Surabaya like? It’s a clean/crowded/busy city.
2. A: Is it a big city? B: Yes, it’s very big.
No, it’s not very big.
3. A: What’s the weather like in England/Indonesia?
B: It’s pretty hot/bad/good/cold most of the time.
It’s all right.
It rains a lot.
Very often people express facts about something. Here are some examples on
responding to people’s statements of facts. Pay attention to the expressions printed
in bold.
a) Ayu : The tolled motorway to Surabaya is closed again today.
Boni : Really? That’s too bad. I hope it will be opened again
tomorrow.
Ayu : Why?
Boni : I have to pick up my Mum in Juanda airport.
b) Cahyo : The smoke in Palembang and Riau is getting worse.
Dina : It really is! I feel sorry for the people.
Cahyo : So do I.

c) Edi : Do you know? The temperature in summer in America can
reach 41°C!
Firdha : Is it true? Wow, it must be hot!
Edi : Yes, it is really, really hot!
d) Debbie : I give up! I simply can’t learn French!
Helen : Why do you say that? I think you’re making a lot of
progress.
Debbie : No, I’m not. I try again and again, and still I can’t speak
French very well.
What do you like most Ann?
The people. They’re very friendly…and …I love the scenery.
It’s so beautiful.
44
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Helen : Yes, you are. Learning any language takes a lot of effort.
But don’t give up. Why don’t we practice those dialogues
together?
Debbie : A good idea.
Practice
Activity 1
Complete the dialogues. Use the verbs in the box.
do feel go have take
eat get have stay take
1. Dr. Hart : Hello, Ben! What’s wrong?
Liz : I feel sick. I ______ a stomachache and a headache.
Dr. Hart : I see. Here, ______ one of these pills every three hours.
And don’t ______ any heavy food.
2. Mr. Kent : What’s the matter Kelly?
Kelly : I think I ______ the fu.
Mr. Kent : That’s too bad. Listen. ______ home, _______ some
aspirin, and ______ in bed.
Kelly : Thanks, Mr. Kent.
Activity 2
Joyce, Lou, and Nick are talking about their hometown. What do they say? Listen
to your teacher reading the dialogues. He/she will read two or three times. Then,
in the following data, write Y for yes and N for no about those hometowns.
interesting big expensive beautiful
1. Joyce _______ ________ _________ _________
2. Lou _______ ________ _________ _________
3. Nick _______ ________ _________ _________
Dialogue scripts
1. Lou : So tell me about your hometown, Joyce?
Joyce : Well, it’s a real small town…
Lou : Really? What’s it like there?
Joyce : Oh, I think it’s a very boring place.
Lou : Why?
Joyce : Well, there’s nothing exciting to do. No good
restaurants. No nightlife of any kind. I
really get bored there.
Lou : Oh, that’s too bad.
Joyce :Yeah, but lots of people love it because it’s so pretty.
Lou : Yeah?
45
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Joyce : Uh-huh. It has lovely scenery – lots of mountains, rivers,
lakes, trees …
Lou : Well, I don’t know, Joyce. It sounds like a nice place!
Joyce : Well, yeah, if you like to go hiking in the summer and
skiing in the winter. But, you know, I’m not the outdoor
type! I’m a real city person.
2. Nick : Do you come from a big city, Lou?
Lou : Oh, yeah, I do. It’s pretty big.
Nick : What’s it like there?
Lou : Oh, it’s a really great place! It has some fantastic art
museums, and wonderful theaters, and terrifc
restaurants of
all kinds… like Greek, Russian, French, Thai, Japanese…
Nick : Oh…really? And how are the prices? Is it expensive?
Lou : Yeah, yeah, I guess so. Food costs a lot…both in the
supermarket and in restaurants. And apartments!
They’re so hard to fnd…and the rents are pretty high
Nick : Yeah, I guess it’s expensive everywhere these days.
3. Joyce : Hey, Nick. Are you going home for the holiday?
Nick : No way!
Joyce : Oh, why not?
Nick : I don’t like my hometown. Too many people, too many
buildings, too many factories. It’s big and it’s ugly! I like
places that are small and quiet. Like here!
Joyce : Is your hometown as bad as that?
Nick : Yes, it’s pretty bad. It doesn’t have any good restaurants.
Joyce : No, c’mon! No interesting theatres or nightlife?
Nick : No, not really.
Joyce : It sounds like a terrible place.
Nick : Yeah, it really is.
Activity 3
In pairs, make short dialogues for the following situations.

1) You tell your friend that the new Harry Potter book costs almost Rp 200,000.
2) Your friend tells you that your favourite teacher (Mr./Mrs....) is going to retire
next month. You are surprised.
3) You hear that Tina, your classmate, has just had twin baby brothers. You tell
your friend.
46
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
It’s all right.
It’s delicious.
I love it.
Now pretend that you are talking to a visitor. Practice the following dialogue with your
partner. Use the cues in the box.
You : And how do you like it here ?
Visitor : ….. I’m really enjoying myself.
You : That’s good. And what about the food?
Do you like it?
Visitor : …. I love spicy food.
You : Do you? And what’s your hotel like?
Visitor : …. But my room is very small.
Activity 4
Jane is not happy with her weight. She thinks she is a bit too fat. Peter thinks she
needs to do some exercise. Let’s fnd out about their dialogue.

Arrange the scrambled sentences into the right order
Yes, that’s a good idea. I’ll get the registration forms tomorrow.
I don’t really like golf. It’s such a boring sport.
I‘m putting on weight. I really need more exercise.
Yes, I think so too. Well, perhaps we should join the tennis club.
Then we could both play.
Well, take up golf, or something like that.
Now practise reading the dialogue with your partner. Then, answer the
following questions.

• What is Jane concerned with?
• What doesn’t she like to take up? Why?
• What does Peter suggest fnally?
Production
Activity 1
Make a dialogue with your partner based on the following task.
Task: Find out your friend’s opinion about his/her favourite
places, food, or things, and he/she will describe them to you.
47
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
When you have collected your friend’s opinion, get ready for class
performance. In the coming meeting, your teacher will ask you to come
forward and practise the dialogue in front of the class.
Activity 2
Read the following text that contains facts about two cities. Then, retell the
information from the text. Use the questions that follow to guide you.
I like my new city, Suramadu. It is very different from my hometown, Sukamaju.
My new city is large and noisy. The weather is mild. There are many big supermarkets.
But I often miss the fresh vegetables I bought in open markets in my hometown.
But some things in my new city are similar to my hometown. The two
cities are beautiful. The people are very friendly.
Questions:
1. What is the name of the writer’s city now?
2. What is the name of the writer’s hometown?
3. How big is his/her new city? What about his/her hometown?
4. How is the weather?
5. Where does he/she usually shop now?
6. How is his/her new city similar to his/her hometown?
7. Think of two cities that you know. Tell some facts about them.
Activity 3
Jean and Paul are getting ready to go away for a short vacation at the seaside.
Listen to your teacher reading the dialogue. Then check ( √ ) the things they
decide to take with them.
bathroom towels ____ raincoats ____
beach towels ____ umbrellas ____
shampoo ____ food to eat on the way ____
soap ____ warm sweaters ____
Dialogue script
Jean : Now, I suppose we need to take some bathroom towels with us.
Paul : Oh, I don’t think we need to. The hotel should provide those.
Jean : Oh, all right. But what about towels for the beach? Do you think
we should take any?
Paul : Well, maybe a beach towel would be a good idea.
Jean : Right. I’ll pack two then.
Paul : I think we should take some shampoo.
Jean : Yes, OK. And what about soap?
Paul : No, the hotel should provide it.
Jean : Now, it may be cool at night. I think we need to take some warm
48
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
sweaters.
Paul : Yes. And what about raincoats? It may rain while we are there?
Jean : Well, let’s just take umbrellas then. I don’t want to carry too much.
Paul : And do you think we should take a few things to eat on the way?
You know, some biscuits or something like that?
Jean : Yes, if you like. But don’t take too much. We can always stop and
buy something if we are hungry.
Paul : All right, then. I think we’re all set. I can’t wait to lie on the b
Activity 4
You and your friend are going for a picnic to a place. Check with each other
what things you need to take.
Section Two:
Short Functional Texts (Advertisements, Postcards, Notices)
Presentation
Activity 1
Look at the following advertisement. Do you know the function of an ad? Read
this ad and answer the following questions.
1. Who published this ad?
2. What is being advertised?
3. If you are interested in visiting Bali, what should you do?
VISIT BEAUTIFUL BALI
Enjoy Bali’s beautiful beaches! Visit the art city
of Ubud! Stay in Asia’s fnest hotels! Buy beautiful
souvenirs! See Mount Agung! …and much more.
We’ve got it all! Come and see the art shops,
the temples, and the exotic dances. Come and try our
restaurants.
Call Citra Tour, Tel. 62-31-5087062
49
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Activity 2

Here is a postcard from Sue. Read it, and mention the difference between an ad
and a postcard.
Hi Luis,
I’m in Montreal for a conference. It’s a beautiful city.
Lots of people speak French here, so I’m glad I took
French in college. Great food! And the shops are
good. Clothes are quite cheap. I bought a nice winter
coat yesterday. I want to go to Quebec City for the
weekend. It’s not far from here.
Take care,
Sue
Activity 3
Read another postcard below and answer the questions.
Keiko,
This is not a good time to visit Washington. It’s very
hot. It was 102
o
yesterday. But the city is still crowded
with tourists. The museums here are excellent. I
went to the Smithsonian and the National Gallery
yesterday – fantastic! And there’s a new musical at
the Kennedy Center I want to see. But the heat! Don’t
come to Washington in August.
See you soon!
Bill
Questions:
1. What does Bill think of Washington?
2. What places did he visit?
3. What advice did he give Keiko? Why?
50
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 4
Read the following notices and then mention the place/places where you can fnd
them.
NOTICES

a. b.
c. d.
e. f. .
g. h.

i. j.

a. .................................................... b. ...........................................................
c. .................................................... d. ...........................................................
e. .................................................... f. ...........................................................
g. .................................................... h. ...........................................................
i. .................................................... j. ...........................................................
PLEASE DO NOT
FEED THE ANIMAL
QUEUE THIS SIDE PLEASE
please have the
EXACT fare ready
NO CYCLING ON THE
FOOTPATH
ENGAGED
KEEP YOUR
DISTANCE
ASEAN PASSPORT
HOLDERS ONLY
OUT OF
ORDER
QUIET PLEASE
EXAMINATION IN PROGRESS
51
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Activity 5

Discuss the meaning of each notice above with your group.
a. .................................................... b. ...........................................................
c. .................................................... d. ...........................................................
e. .................................................... f. ...........................................................
g. .................................................... h. ...........................................................
i. .................................................... j. ...........................................................
Pro
E
Activity 6
Now, let’s read about notices.
Complete the following web. Work with your team.
.
Give examples of
written notices you
know
What are they?
_____________
Written Notices
Why are they written?
_____________
52
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Practice
Activity 1
It’s time for you to work together!
You’ve seen an ad about Bali and two postcards that Sue and Bill wrote about the places
they are visiting. Now it’s your turn to write similar texts. Then exchange your postcards
or ad with those of your friend’s
Use the following situations as your guidelines.
• Write a short advertisement to promote a tourist resort
in your area.
• You’re away for a vacation. Send a postcard to your best
friend or your family. Tell him/her about your trip and
the places you visited.
Activity 2
Complete the following dialogues with your own words. Then, practise reading
them aloud.
1. Child : Can I feed the animals, Mom?
Mother : ______________. Read the notice “Please don’t feed
the animals”.
2. Ani : ______________?
Rahman : Over there. Look at that notice “Asean Passport
Holders Only”.
3. Feliks : Excuse me. Could you read that notice “Quiet,
please. Examination in Progress”?
Riza : Oh, ____________. I didn’t read it.
Production
Activity 1
We’re going to have a class project. Each of you will work individually to write
an ad.
• Choose a tourist resort that you want to promote.
• Have some pictures attached in the ad to make it more interesting.
• Display all your work on the class wall.
53
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Activity 2
Write notices of your own for the following situations.
1. You don’t want anybody to feed your pets (fsh, kittens, cats, etc.).
2. You want to stay in your room the whole day. You don’t want anybody
to disturb you.
3. You have just painted your room. It is still wet.
Homework
In many situations, we have to acknowledge facts (e.g. fact about breaking alarm
clock).
Example: A : I’m so (very/terribly) sorry, but I’ve broken your alarm
clock.
B : That’s quite alright (That doesn’t matter/Don’t worry
about that).
Make up dialogues about expressing facts by using the information below.
run over your cat
lost my front door key
burned a hole in the carpet
broken your ash-tray
lost your hat
damaged your plastic fowers
Summary
In this unit, you have learned
• how to give and ask for opinions;
• how to express statements of facts; and
• how to give and respond to instructions.
You have also learned
• how to write ads;
• how to write postcards; and
• how to write notices.

Evaluation
I. Read the following dialogues. Answer the questions that follow.
1. Mary : I met your friend this morning.
Rudi : My friend?
54
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Mary : Hamzah.
Rudi : Oh, Hamzah! Yes, he’s in my class. He’s a nice
guy.
Mary : Is he a good student?
Rudi : Yes, very good. He and I are at the top of the class.
Mary : He is very good-looking.
Rudi :He is!
Questions:
a. Who is Hamzah?
b. Is Rudi a good student?
c. How does Hamzah look like?
2. John : Do you like to ski?
Bob : Yes, I love to go skiing.
John : Does it get cold?
Bob : Oh, yes, very cold!
John : Do you go alone?
Bob : A couple of my friends usually go with me. Do
you want to come along some weekend?
John : No, not me. I don’t like cold weather.
Bob : I really like it. I love snow!
Questions:
a. What are John and Bob talking about?
b. Who likes cold weather?
c. Who usually goes skiing with Bob?
II. Write notices for the following situations.
1. You don’t want people to step their foot on the grass.
2. You don’t want people to eat and drink in the room.
3. You are assigned by your school to make a notice that your school
library is open from 8 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Refection
1. The most interesting part of this unit is ___________________.
2. Things that I want to do to practice this unit are ______________
_________________________________________________________
55
Unit 3 - What do You Do For Fun ?
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic Transcription
Indonesian
Equivalent
advertisement n
[co'vc:tizmcntj
iklan
attached adj.
[c'tætjtj
ditempel
concerned adj.
[kcn'sc:noj
khawatir
crowded adj.
['kraooioj
ramai
engaged adj.
[in'gcio¸oj
terpakai
exercise n
['ckscsaizj
olahraga
exciting adj.
[ik'saitipj
menyenangkan
feed v
[Ii:oj
memberi makan
fun n
[I\nj
kesenangan
leisure n
['Ic¸cj
santai
scrambled adj.
['skræmbIoj
acak
weight n
[wcitj
berat badan
56
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Fun
Page
Pic. 3.7 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
57
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
UNIT 4
Let’s Go Somewhere!
In this unit, you will learn how to
• respond to spoken monologue texts of descriptive;
• create spoken monologue texts of descriptive;
• identify the meanings, the linguistic features, and the text structure of written essays
of descriptive;
• write essays of descriptive using the appropriate linguistic features and text
structure.
(Descriptive)
Pic. 4.1 (http://blog.paxholley.net)
58
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Spoken Descriptive
Presentation
Activity 1
Answer your teacher’s questions about holidays.
- Have you ever been to a national park?
- When is the best time to visit the place? Why?
- When is the worst time to visit the place? Why?
Activity 2
The following words will help you understand the texts you will fnd in this unit.
Check the meaning and the pronunciation of the following words.
beautiful fun-loving population
excellent (to) sunbathe race
famous offcial (language) ethnic group
outgoing distinct vast
friendly accent majority
descent immigrant scenery
Compass rose

West
South
East
North
59
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
Activity 3
The following expressions will help you understand the texts you will fnd in this
unit. Those are several ways of describing a place. Check the meaning and the
pronunciation of the following expressions.
It’s a beautiful place.
The beaches are excellent.
It’s famous for ….
They’re famous for ….
It sounds awful/terrible/nice.
I’ve never been there.
Listen to your teacher reading the above expressions, then repeat after him/her.
Activity 4
Your teacher is going to talk about Brazil. He/she will do it two or three times.
Listen to him/her and pay attention to the way he/she talks.
Pic. 4.2 (http://ludcarrera.com)

60
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
BRAZIL
Does anybody know anything about Brazil? Yes, the football team is one of the
best in the world. It has great players like Ronaldo, Ronaldinho, Adriano. Now let me
tell you more about Brazil. You know, Brazil is the largest country in South America.
And.. it’s also the ffth largest country in world. Does anybody know where Brazil is?
Yes, it’s located in the eastern part of South America. Here…look at the world map.
Remember the compass rose? north..south..east..west.
Now what about the people? They are friendly, outgoing, and they also like to
have fun. They’re fun-loving people. Well…if you’ve heard about samba, then you
must know that the samba dance is from Brazil. The people love to sing and dance the
samba. Oh…yes…they also love to sunbathe… lying on the beach ..er.. to have their
skin tanned…I mean, to make their skin darker.
Use these questions to help you understand the text.
Comprehension questions:
1. Where is Brazil located?
2. How large is Brazil?
3. How do you describe the people of Brazil?
4. What do Brazilians like to do?
5. Why do they like to sunbathe?
Activity 5
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE.
Look at the examples below.
A. It’s a nice place.
B. Does Hawaii have good beaches?
C. The beaches are excellent.
D. The weather is nice there. It’s not very hot
E. They are very interesting.
The above sentences show us how to talk about places. Notice that we use the Simple
Present Tense. The simple present expresses general statements of fact, as shown in the
above examples.
61
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
Read the following topics. Which ones can you discuss or write about with a simple
present? Check (√) your answers and discuss them with your friends.
___ 1. Traditions in your country.
___ 2. Your childhood.
___ 3. The geography of a country.
___ 4. A vacation you took.
___ 5. The description of a tourist place.
Practice
Activity 1
Close your book. Listen to your teacher reading the following text about a museum.
Then, answer the questions that follow.
The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum
You can easily be accused of committing a
tourism sin if you’re in Semarang and failed to
visit the Ambarawa Railway Museum.
This museum is situated less than an hour’s
drive from the capital of Central Java. During the
Dutch colonial days, Ambarawa was a military
zone and the railway station was used to transport
troops to Semarang through Kedungjati. It is at
474m above sea level, giving you unpolluted fresh
air to breathe.
The Ambarawa Railway Museum is well-
maintained. It is a medium-sized building. The
railway route is offered to visitors. You can enjoy
the beautiful panorama during the route. All in
all, this is a truly exciting treasure to visit.
(Source:Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Questions:
1. What is the text mainly about?
2. Where is it located?
3. How did the Dutch use the Ambarawa railway station?
4. Why can we breathe fresh air there?
5. Why is it a must for us to visit this place?
Pic. 4.3 (http://www.panoramio.com)
62
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 2
It’s time for group work.
Now it’s your turn to give an oral description. Work with your partner to describe
The Hawaiian Islands orally. Use the information in the following text.
THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
The Hawaiian Islands are located in the middle of the
Pacifc Ocean, far away from any other land. There are
eight islands of different sizes, and while they differ from
each other in some ways, they share many features.
They all have a tropical climate, with temperatures
of about 78
0
C (25.6
0
C) in the winter and 85
0
C (29.4
0
C) in
the summer.
Rain falls often, but not for long. The islands also
share a natural beauty, with mountains and waterfalls,
rainforests, and long beaches. Their waters are flled
with colourful fsh, dolphins, and giant sea turtles
(Source:Dit. PSMP, 2006)
.
Activity 3
Now you can work individually to describe your hometown or your favourite
place. Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description.
- Where do you come from/Where do you live?
- Where do you usually go on holidays?
- Where is your hometown/your favourite place located?
- How big is your hometown/the place?
- What is the weather like there?
- What’s interesting about your hometown?
- What is it famous for?
Production
Activity 1
Now that you’re ready to talk about your hometown or your favourite place, you’re
invited to come forward and tell the class about it. Read an example below.
Pic. 4.4
(http://zon-zee-strand.hyves.it)
63
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
A description of our school
Our school is in the north of the city near the airport and factories. It is very big.
There are 40 rooms and 700 students in the school. We have got a football feld, three
laboratories and a computer room. Our classroom is near the computer room.
Activity 2
Before you go travelling, do you take some time for the preparation? What do you
have to prepare? What things do you have to take with you? How many clothes
do you need?
Fill in the word map with the suitable words. Then, tell in front of the class what you
have to prepare before traveling.
Section Two:
Written Descriptive
Presentation
Activity 1
Read these amazing facts about Iceland. Then guess the answers to the questions.
Check the answers.
MYSTERIOUS ISLAND
Iceland is a very unique island—in fact, it’s like nowhere else on earth. The interior
of this island contains incredible contrasts. It has tundras, huge glaciers, volcanoes,
and waterfalls.
Travel documents:
ticket, ________,
________, etc.
Clothing:
jacket, _______,
________, etc.
Health:
medication, ____,
_______, etc.
Things to bring:
food, _____, ____,
etc.
VACATION
64
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Fact 1:
Swimsuit maker Speedo sells a very large number
of bathing suits in Iceland. Is it warm here all
year?
Fact 2:
The island’s climate is cool, but most people don’t
pay money for heat. Energy is very cheap and it
doesn’t cause pollution.
What kind of energy do Icelanders use?
Fact 3:
Icelanders eat fresh fruit and vegetables all year,
but they rarely buy them from other countries.
Where do they get them?
Fact 4:
Icelanders like to play golf all night during the summer. How do they see the
ball?
ANSWERS
1. No. Winters are cold in Iceland, but the people of Iceland swim all year
in heated swimming pools.
2. They use geothermal heat from under the ground. Icelanders use water
from volcanoes, hot springs, and geysers. Pipes carry the heated water
throughout the country. The water heats buildings.
3. They get them from greenhouses. Icelanders use geothermal energy
to grow fruit and vegetables in greenhouses, even in the winter. This
means they don’t need to import products.
4. Iceland is very close to the Arctic Circle. In the summer the sun doesn’t
go down, so people can play sports all night.
Notes on vocabulary:
geyser : a hot spring that shoots water into the air.
glacier : a large body of ice that moves slowly over land.
greenhouse : a glass building used for growing plants.
produce : foods such as fruit and vegetables.
tundra : a large, fat area of frozen land without trees.
Cultural Notes
Subtropical countries have four seasons a year: spring, summer, fall (autumn),
and winter. In the North Hemisphere, spring is between March-May, summer
between June-August, fall between September-Novembe vtr, and winter
between December-February. In the South Hemisphere, spring is between
September-November, summer between December-February, fall between
March-May, and winter between June-August.
Pic. 4.5
(http://www.desktopscenes.com)
65
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
For each season, fnd in the Internet some information about:
• what people usually do.
• what kinds of clothes people usually wear.
• how the weather is.
Activity 2
Read the following text about Singapore.
Singapore is an island city of about 4
million people. It’s a beautiful city with
lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a
clean city.
Most of the people live in high-rise
fats in different parts of the island. The
business district is very modern, with lots
of tall new offce buildings. Singapore
also has some nice older sections. In
Chinatown there are rows of old shop
houses. The government buildings in
Singapore are very beautiful and date
from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous for its
shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are
duty free. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and
the prices are quite reasonable.
(Source:Dit. PSMP, 2006)

Comprehension questions:
1. What is Singapore like? Is it beautiful?
2. How big is the population of Singapore?
3. Where do most people live?
4. Is the business district an old place?
5. What can we fnd in Chinatown?
6. What is Singapore most famous for?
Activity 3
How is the text about Singapore organized?
When you describe a place, a person, or a thing, you begin with identifcation.
- Singapore is an island city of about 4 million people.
- Megawati Sukarnoputri is the frst female president of Indonesia.
- Brazil is the largest country in South America.
Pic. 4.6 (http://podasia.net)
66
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
The rest of the passage gives you more details of the physical description. In the text
about Singapore, the details are the kinds of building.
- People live in high-rise fats.
- The business district is modern, with tall new offce buildings.
The passage also gives us the specifc characteristics of Singapore. Guess what? The
shopping centres and the restaurants!
- Most of the goods are duty free.
- The prices in the restaurants are reasonable.
Practice
Activity 1
Now read the following text. Answer the questions that follow.
SAN FRANCISCO
San Francisco is my favourite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean, not
too big, and it has something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in San
Francisco. The streets wind up and down the
hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden
houses on either side.
One of my favourite things to do in San
Francisco is to ride the cable car. It takes
you to most parts of the city. It’s not a very
comfortable ride, but it’s exciting and the
views you get from the car are wonderful.
And I like the weather in San Francisco.
It never gets too cold or too hot. The summers
are pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the
ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite
a lot in the winter, but it never gets very cold.
Another thing I enjoy about the city is the
restaurants. The seafood restaurants, with crabs
and lobster, are my favourites. You can also get
great Chinese, Japanese, American and European food in San Francisco.
Comprehension questions:
1. What is interesting about streets in San Francisco?
2. Does the cable car only go to certain areas of the city?
3. Can you see the view of San Francisco from the cable car?
4. What’s the weather like there?
5. Does it rain a lot in the summers?
6. How are the restaurants in San Francisco?
7. How does the writer begin the text?
8. What does the writer include in the rest of the text?
Pic. 4.7
(http://upload.wikimedia.org)
67
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
Activity 2
Read the text about San Francisco again. Try to identify the organization of the
text as we have seen in the text about Singapore.
Identifcation:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Description:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Activity 3
Are you ready to write about the place where you live? Let’s follow these steps
to help you write your paragraph.
Part 1
Write one question in the web on your paper, like the following example. Then pass it
to the student on your right. He/she will write another question in another circle. When
you get a paper from your left, read it and add one new question. Pass the paper until
all the circles are flled with questions.

What’s the
weather like?
Where you live
68
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Part 2
Find your original paper. Read the questions. Choose four questions you want to
answer and cross out three that you don’t want to answer. Now you have 5 questions,
including the one you wrote.
Part 3
Number the questions in the order you want to answer them.
1. ______________________________
2. ______________________________
3. ______________________________
4. ______________________________
5. ______________________________
Part 4
Write your paragraph based on your answers to the questions.
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Production
Activity 1
The following text about the capital of Egypt is not written properly. Edit the text
so that it makes sense. Then, answer the questions that follow.

Egypts Capital
Cairo is the largest city in egypt Here you can always roll back the centuries
Modern cairo has tall buildings and broad streets equal to any in the capitals of europe
or australia From the top foors of impresive blocks of fats you can gaze at magnifcent
views across the river nile.
However behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where there is no sound
of traffc The only sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders Water
sellers and herdsmen wander through the streets as their forefathers did thousands of
69
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
years ago Many of the poorer people still dress in the
same way as their ancesters
Comprehension questions:
1. In which country is Cairo situated?
2. From where is the best place to absorb the
views of the Nile?
3. How is the modern section of Cairo
different from the ancient section?
Activity 2
Observe your own classroom. Write a text about it. Use these questions to help
you.
1. What is the size of the classroom?
2. How are desks arranged?
3. What can you see in the front part?
4. What can you see on both sides?
5. What can you see on the walls?
6. How do you like your classroom?
Homework
Read the following text about Pisa Tower carefully. Then, fnd the meanings of the
words printed in bold. Finally, answer the questions that follow. Use a dictionary when
necessary.

The Leaning Tower of Pisa
Thousands of people visit Pisa’s famous tower
each year and wonder just how much longer it can
exist without falling.
Millions of dollars have been spent to stop the
tower crashing to the ground. Soft, shifting soil has
always been the tower’s problem. Recently, it was
discovered that the tower had moved two millimeters.
This was a great setback because engineers had
previously corrected about twenty millimeters of the
lean by using an inventive underground cables idea
to straighten the tower. Pisa would hate to lose its
precious Campo dei Miracoli and the tourist dollars
it generates.
Comprehension questions:
1. How much has been spent to save the tower?
2. What recently caused concern?
Pic. 4.9
(http://media.isnet.org)
Pic. 4.8
(http://www.encasement.com)
70
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
3. What causes the tower to move?
4. How are they trying to correct the fault?
5. What is the real name of the Leaning Tower of Pisa?
6. Why would Pisa hate to lose the tower?
7. Would you be sad if the tower fell? Why?
Summary
In this unit, you have learned
• how to respond to spoken descriptive;
• how to make spoken descriptive of your own;
• how to respond to written descriptive; and
• how to make written descriptive of your own.
You have also learned these.
• When you describe a place, a person, or a thing, you begin with identifcation.
• The rest of the text gives you more details of the physical description.
• The text also gives us the specifc characteristics of the place, the person, or the
thing you are describing.
Evaluation
I. Choose the correct words for the bicycle cloze test.
bicycles amusement cycles along action used easy bumpy
Bicycle is a word meaning ‘two circles’. ____________ were frst __________ 150
years ago. However, they were only used for sport or __________. The frst _________
were made mostly of wood and they were very heavy. They had no pedals. A rider
drove them _________ by using his or her feet in a kind of running __________ on
the roadway. This was not _________ because the roads were very ___________, not
smooth as they are today. Early names for the bicycle, ‘hobby-horse’, ‘penny-farthing’,
and ‘bone-shaker’, speak for themselves.
Pic. 4.10 (http://weightweenies.starbike.com)
71
Unit 4 - Let’s Go Somewhere!
II. Read the text carefully. Answer these questions.
1. What does the word ‘bicycle’ mean?
2. In the past, what did people use bicycles for?
3. What were cycles made of previously?
4. What is the opposite of the word ‘smooth’ used in this text?
5. What were the early names of the bicycle? Explain each of them.

Refection
1. I think I know how to describe a place, a person, or a thing. When
describing a place, a person, or a thing, I need to include __________________
___________________________.
2. The advantages of knowing how to describe a place, a person, or a thing
for my study are _______________________________ _____________________
__________________________________
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian
Equivalent
alley n
['æIij
gang
amazing adj.
[c'mcizipj
menakjubkan
brick n
[brikj
batu bata
climate n
['kIaimctj
iklim
commit v
[kc'mitj
melakukan
duty free adj.
['oju:tiIri:j
bebas pajak
reasonable adj.
['ri:zcncbIj
pantas
sin n
[sinj
dosa, kesalahan
speak for v
[spi:kI5:j
menjelaskan
sunbathe v
['s\nbciðj
berjemur
troop n
[tru:pj
tentara
vast adj.
[vo:stj
luas
wander v
['wonocj
berkeliling
72
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Guess what place the following poem is describing!
It looks like any building
When you pass it on the street,
Made of stone and glass and marble,
Made of iron and concrete.
But inside you can ride
A camel or a train,
Visit Rome, Siam, or Nome,
Feel a hurricane,
Meet a king, learn to sing,
How to bake a pie,
Go to sea, plant a tree,
Find how airplanes fy,
Train a horse, and of course,
Have all the dogs you’d like,
See the moon, a sandy dune,
Or catch a whooping pike.
Everything that books can bring
You’ll fnd inside those walls.
A world is there for you to share
When adventure calls.

You cannot tell its magic
By the way the building looks
But there’s wonderment within it
The wonderment of books.
Barbara A. Huff
Fun
Page
73
Unit 5 - What do you think
UNIT 5
What do you think?
In this unit, you will learn how to:
 comprehend transactional conversations: e.g. saying agreement and disagreement,
giving advice and recommendation, giving and asking for opinion/information;
 produce transactional conversations: e.g. saying agreement and disagreement, giving
advice, and recommendation, giving and asking for opinion/information;
Pic.5.1 (www.caglepost.com)
72
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One :
Agreeing and Disagreeing
Presentation
Activity 1
Listen and repeat the dialogues below.
Dialogue 1
Butet : Fishing is a boring activity, Mirza.
Mirza : I don’t think so, Butet. It is boring if you don’t know the secret.
Butet : What do you mean, Mirza?
Mirza : Absolutely, it’s interesting. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly
wthe scenery.
Butet : In that case I think you are right, Mirza. But, it takes a lot of our time,
doesn’t it?
Mirza : I agree with you. But, it also teaches us patience, you know.
Butet : How can?
Mirza :Whenfshing,youcannotbeinahurry.Itismoreexcitingwhenyou
catchafsh.
Butet : Is that so? I think I’ll try your advice, then. Can you recommend a
placetofsh,please?
Mirza :Many.Fins’FishingPond,forexample.It’sanicefshingpool.Or,
gotoSumberBrantas.Thereisagoodandcalmplacetofshinthe
river.YoucanalsogotoSendangBiru.Youcanfshalongitsbeautiful
seashores.
Butet :Really?HowaboutPantaiNgliyep?Isitalsogoodtofsh?
Mirza : I don’t think so. I don’t recommend it to you. There are too many big
waves.
Butet :HowaboutSutamiDam?Isitalsoaninterestingfshingplace?
Mirza :Ithinkso.But,ifyoufshthere,don’tforgettowearsportshoes.Itcan
be slippery along its shores.
Butet :IthinkI’llgofshinginSutamiDam,then.Willyoucomealongwith
menextSunday,Mirza?
Mirza :Sure.Let’sgofshingtogether.
Butet : Good. Thanks Mirza.
Pic.5.2(www.heri.fles.wordpress.com)
73
Unit 5 - What do you think
With a partner, now answer the following questions:
1. What are Butet and Mirza talking about?
2. DoesMirzalikefshing?
3. InMirza’sopinion,whydoesButetthinkthatfshingisboring?
4. WhatdoesMirzathinkaboutfshing?
5. How does Butet show an agreementwithMirzaaboutfshing?
6. InButet’sopinion,doesfshingtakeashortperiodoftime?
7. WhatdoesMirzaadviseButetwhenfshing?
8. Does Butet agree on Mirza’s advice?
9. How many places does Mirza recommendButettogofshing?
10. Why does Mirza recommend these places?
Activity 2
Workinpair.Identifytheexpressionsabovethatisusedtoshowagreement and
disagreement, giving advice and recommendation and giving and asking for
opinions/information. Then write down the expressions you can identify with
yourpartnerfromthetextinthetablethatfollows.
TypesofExpression ExpressionsintheConversation
Agreeing __________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Disagreeing __________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Giving advice __________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Giving
recommendation
__________________________________
__________________________________
___________________________________
_________________________________
Giving opinions/
information
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Asking for
opinions/
information
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
74
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 3
The following are some more examples of expressions to show agreement, and
disagreement.Readthemaloudandstudytheexpressions.
Agreement
I agree completely.
I think so.
That’s just what I am thinking.
In my opinion, you are right.
I couldn’t agree more.
You are right.
Exactly.
Sure.
Pic. 5.2 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Disagreement
When disagreeing with someone, we can disagree either directly or indirectly.
Direct disagreement Indirect disagreement
I’m sorry, but I have to disagree.
I couldn’t agree less.
I couldn’t disagree more.
I refuse to believe that ….
No, that’s wrong.
I’m not sure I can agree.
I wonder if there is a mistake.
In my opinion, ...
Are you absolutely sure?
That’s really surprises me.
I may be wrong, but ...
Either form of disagreement is acceptable, although indirect disagreement sounds more
polite.
Activity 4
Thefollowingaresomemoreexamplesofexpressionsusedingivingadviceand/
orrecommendation.Readthemaloudandstudytheexpressions.
75
Unit 5 - What do you think
Giving advice Giving recommendation
You can …
I advise that …
My advice is that …
You had better …
You can …
I recommend that …
My recommendation is that …
Activity 5
The following are some more examples of expressions to ask for and give
opinions/information.Readthemaloudandstudytheexpressions.
Asking for opinions
What do you think of … ?
What is your opinion about … ?
Do you think that …?
What do you think?
What would you say about …?

Asking for information
Using Yes-No questions Using Wh-words like where, when, how
Is it …. ?
Does it … ?
Is s/he … ?
Does s/he … ?
Where is … ?
How much is it … ?
When does it … ?
Why is it … ?

Use a rising intonation to ask for information with yes-no questions. Use a rising
intonation to ask for information with question- word questions.
Giving opinions
In my opinion, … .
In my humble opinion, … .
To say frankly, … .
To be honest, … .
I think … .
… I think.
I suppose …
… I suppose.
I guess … .
… I guess
.
Activity 6
Work in pairs. Combine the part of sentences in Part A with those in Part B
Part A Part B
I agree completely with you that
I think that
In my opinion,
bullying should be stopped.
mass is not the same as weight .
we need to have enough vitamins.
we have to use our mobile phones wisely.
computers play an important role in our
study.
76
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
I’m sure I cannot agree that
I’m sorry, but I have to disagree that
It’s wrong to believe that
illegal logging should be tolerated.
smoking cigarettes has advantages.
pollution is still under control.
bases and acids share the same chemical
characteristics.
young people today have no attention to
our environment.
I advise that …
I recommend that …
My recommendation is that …
you spend your time and money wisely.
all of you have a break after long hours of
studying.
you always have in touch with your
academic adviser.
What do you think of …
What is your opinion about …
What would you say about …
my new science books?
the appearance of our new school?
the cleanliness in our environment?
the idea of thinking hard and working
smart?
making our environment green?
Activity 8
Practice reading with a friend the following short dialogues.
Dialogue 1
Diana : Don’t you think that insects cause more problems to us?
Andre : No. Not all insects cause problems. Many are useful.
Diana : How can you say that, Andre?
Andre :Beesforexamplegiveushoney.RememberDiana?
Diana : You are right, Andre.
Dialogue 2
Sari : I believe Jakarta is hotter than Pontianak
Firdaus : No, that’s surely wrong, Sari. Pontianak is closer to the equator.
Sari : You are right, Firdaus. And I am sure Pontianak is more humid, too.
Firdaus : I’m sorry, but I have to disagree on your last point.
Dialogue 3
Dadang : Can you recommend any interesting places in North Sumatra, please?
Ucok : Sure. Lake Toba is certainly one good place to visit you should not
miss.
Dadang : How can I get there from Medan?
Ucok : Well, you can take a bus. It’s about 4 hours.
Dadang : Really? What does it offer?
77
Unit 5 - What do you think
Ucok :Well,youcangofshing,rowingorswimming.Besides,thesceneryis
so wonderful.
Dadang : Thanks for your advice. I’ll think it over.
Practice
Activity 1
Work with a partner. Fill in the blank in each of the following dialogues with the
correctexpression.Afterthat,answerthequestions.
Dialogue 1
Dana : Mt. Semeru is higher than Mt. Merapi I …….. .
Budi :I ………, Dana. But, Mt. Merapi is more active than Mt. Semeru .
Dana :I ………, Budi. Moreover, Mt. Merapi looks more attractive to see.
Budi : I don’t deny it, Dana. …………… .
Now, answer the following questions:
1. What are Dana and Budi talking about?
2. What is Dana’s opinion about Mt. Merapi?
3. Does Budi have the same opinion as Dana’s about Mt. Merapi?
4. What is Budi’s opinion about Mt. Semeru?
5. Does Dana agree with Budi?
Dialogue 2
Mika :I…………..exercisesinBookIIareeasierthanthoseinBookI.
Fredi : I …………….... That’s only for earlier units; the later units need more
thinking.
Mika : No, …………… Dina. Later units of Book II are also still easy if you
really try. Just try it.
Fredi :Ohreally,Mika?Letmetryit,then.Thanks.
1. What are Mika and Fredi talking about?
2. What does Fredi think about Book II?
3. Does Mika have the same opinion as Fredi?
4. DoesFrediagreewithMikafnally?
Activity 2
Give an oral response to the following situations as is said by one of your classmates.
Give your response as required in complete sentences.
78
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Situation 1
Dear class, I have blown a balloon. It’s big and round. If I put the
balloon for some time, it will soon become smaller. Why is it smaller?
Is it because the mouth of the balloon is not tied up right? I don’t think
so because it’s tied up closely. I think the air in the balloon escapes
through rubber walls of the balloon.
1) If you agree with the speaker, how would you respond?
Your response: ……… ……………………………………
2) Respond orally if you disagree with the speaker?
Your response: ……………………………………………
3) Give your personal opinion about the situation.
Your response: ……………………………………………
4) Whatinformationwouldyouexplaintothesituation?
Your response: ……………………………………………
5) What advice would you give to the speaker?
Your response: ……………………………………………
Situation 2

My dear classmates, we can see objects. Do you know why? It’s
because these objects produceorrefectlightsintooureyes.Ashining
object presents the color of the light that it sends into our eyes. So,
the color of the light that enters our eyes from the sky in the clear sky
during the day is blue.
1) If you disagree with the speaker, how would you respond?
Your response: ……………………………………………
2) Respond orally if you agree with the speaker?
Your response: ……………………………………………
3) Give your personal opinion about the situation.
Your response: ……………………………………………
79
Unit 5 - What do you think
4) Whatinformationwouldyouexplaintothesituation?
Your response: ……………………………………………
5) How would you ask the speaker about the color that comes into our eyes from
the sky at night time?
Your response: ……………………………………………
Activity 3
Complete the following short dialogues with real and appropriate expressions
and then act them out.
Situation 1 : You and your friend are talking about past time games.
Your friend : I think playing hide-and-seek is as interesting as playing dakon.
You :I...........................(expressanagreement)
Situation 2: You and your friend are talking about lessons.
Your friend : In my opinion physics is more important than maths
You :I...........................(expressadisagreement and give reasons)
Situation 3: You and your friend are talking about football player.
You : …………………. (ask an opinion)
Your friend : Bambang Pamungkas is the best football player .
Situation 4: Your friend needs your advice of a good way to study English.
You : ……………… (give an advice)
Your friend : That’s a good idea. I think I’ll consider it.
Situation 5: Your friend needs your recommendation of an entertaining place.
Your friend : What is a good recreational place for children?
You : Yes, it is …………... It ………………. (give recommendation and
information for your recommendation)
80
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Production
Activity 1
Work in pairs. Based on each of the situations below, make a dialogue
1. Hani says that Scooby Doo is better than Tom and Jerry. You disagree. Give a
reason.
2. Ian thinks that people in small towns are friendlier than those in big cities. You
may agree or disagree. Give your reason.
Activity 2
Work in pairs. Based on the situation below, make up a dialogue of your own.
Ani and Bella are classmates. Ani is interested in buying a
handphone. Ani wants a brand new one. On the other hand, Bella
thinks it would be cheaper to buy a used handphone since it is not
expensive.
Section Two:
Writing permission letters/notes
Presentation
Activity 1
When you are away from a class, you miss the lesson. There are many reasons
why you are away from class, such as being sick, family matters, etc. Listen and
repeat the conversation below after the teacher. Then, answer the questions.

Aya : Hi, Han. Where were you yesterday?
Ida : Why weren’t you at school?
Han : I was at home in bed all day.
Aya : Poor little baby! Were you sick?
Ida : Did you have a stomachache?
Han : No, I didn’t. I had a sore throat and a temperature.
Aya : Lucky you! We had a math test.
Han :Whatwasitlike?Wasitdiffcult?
Ida : Yes, it was. It was terrible!
1. What is the conversation about?
2. Who was not at school? Why?
3. What illness did Han suffer from?
Pic. 5.4 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Pic. 5.3
(www.imagezoo.com)
81
Unit 5 - What do you think
4. Why did Aya say that Han was lucky?
5. Could they do the test?
Activity 2
If you cannot attend the class, you need to let your teacher know your reason for
not coming to the class. One way is by writing a letter. Work with a partner to
answer the following questions:
1. Is it necessary to write a letter to your teacher? Why?
2. What may happen if you do not write a letter?
3. What is the purpose of writing a letter?
4. What is the letter like?
5. What should you write in the letter?
Activity 3
Being away from school, you should ask a permission and give the teacher the
reasons. Read the note from a student to the teacher.Then answer the questions.
Questions
1. Who wrote the letter?
2. What was wrong with him?
3. When did he not attend the class?
4. Who was Ms. Atmadiwirya?
5. Was Marantika hospitalized?
Activity 4
ObservetheletterwrittenbyMarantika.Lookatthepartsoftheletter.Theletter
has the following parts. Can you identify?
sender – signature – closing – body - salutation - addressee -date
May 25th, 2008
Dear Ms. Atmadiwirya,
Pleaseexcusemefromschoolyesterday.Ididn’tfeelquitewell
and stayed in bed all day. I had a sore throat and a temperature.
Sincerely yours.
Marantika Wijaya
82
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 5
How are some of the parts of the letter written? Can you identify? Here is a simple
rule of how to write some parts.
Part Rule to Write Way to Write
Date Month – Day - Year May 25th, 2008
Salutation Salutation mark Dear
Addressee Title and Family Name Mr./ Ms. Atmadiwirya
Body Purpose/explanattion Pleaseexcuse…etc
Closing Salutation mark Sincerely yours
Signature Sender’s signature
Sender Sender’s full name Marantika Wijaya
Cultural notes:
Inwritingtheaddressee’sname,writethefamilyname,butnotthefrstname
or the middle name. So, if the teacher’s name is Julian Sonia Atmadiwirya, it
isnormallyconsideredimpolitetowritethetitlefollowedwiththefrstorthe
middle name. Therefore, we do not write Ms. Julian or Ms. Sonia. Instead, we
write Ms. Atmadiwirya.
Practice
Activity 1
Work in pairs. The following is parts of a letter that is sent by a student to the
teacher. These parts are made jumbled. Copy these parts and put them in their
appropriate place.
 I have to come with my mother to a family’s wedding ceremony
 Wieke Rumaropen
 June 13, 2008
 Dear
 Hopefully I can cath up with the materials I will miss from your class
 Please accept my appology for not attending your class on june 15, 2008
 Sincerely yours
 Thank you
Activity 2
Complete the following permission letter. You cannot attend classes because you
have to attend your sister’s wedding.
83
Unit 5 - What do you think
April...., 200..
Dear .........,
Pleaseexcusemefromschool.......................................
I ..........................................................................................
I ..........................................................................................
Sincerely yours.
........................
Production
Activity 1
Write a letter to inform your teacher that you cannot join his/her class because
you have to attend your brother’s graduation ceremony out of town.
______________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
_________
Homework
1. In pairs make dialogues on how to:
a. agree and disagree
b. give advice/recommendation
c. give and ask for opinions
d. ask and give for information.
Then record your dialogues on a tape. Submit the tape to your teacher.
2. Write a permission letter to your brother/sister’s English teacher. Inform her
that he/she is having a temperature, cough and running nose.
Summary
In this unit you have learned how to use several language functions. These
include how to agree and disagree, how to give advice/recommendation, how
to give and ask for opinions, how to ask and give for information, how to write
84
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
permission notes, and how to write invitation cards. These are summarized as
shown below.
Functions Language Forms
To agree I agree completely.
I think so.
That’s just what I am thinking.
In my opinion, you are right.
I couldn’t agree more.
You are right.
Exactly.
Sure.
To disagree I’m sorry, but I have to disagree.
I couldn’t agree less.
I couldn’t disagree more.
I refuse to believe that ….
No, that’s wrong.
I’m sure I cannot agree that
I’m not sure I can agree.
I wonder if there is a mistake.
In my opinion, ...
Are you absolutely sure?
That’s really surprises me.
I may be wrong, but ...
To advise/To recommend You can …
I advise that …
My advice is that …
You had better …
You can …
I recommend that …
My recommendation is that …
To ask opinion What do you think of … ?
What is your opinion about … ?
Do you think that …?
What do you think?
What would you say about …?
To ask information Is it …. ?
Does it … ?
Is s/he … ?
Does s/he … ?
Where is … ?
How much is it … ?
When does it … ?
85
Unit 5 - What do you think
To give opinion In my opinion, … .
In my humble opinion, … .
To say frankly, … .
To be honest, … .
I think … .
… I think.
I suppose …
… I suppose.
I guess … .
… I guess.

To write a permission letter, you need to include the following things in your
letter: sender, signature, closing, body, salutation, addressee and date. To write
an invitation letter/note, make sure that you include the following points in the
letter/notes: occasion, date, time, place and salutation
Evaluation
Task 1:
Read the following situation and act out a dialogue based on the situation.
Andin and Baskoro are both students in the same class. Andin is sitting in the cafeteria
one day and sees Baskoro carrying a tray full of meals on the tray.
Make a dialogue between Andin and Baskoro using the following information. Then,
act out the dialogue.
Andin. Baskoro
1. greets Baskoro 1. greets Andin
2. asks Baskoro how the test went
yesterday
2. answers question asks Andin the
same question
3. tells Baskoro his test score, asks how
Brina studies
3. describes his or her study corner
4. asks for more details 4. gives more information
5. disagrees with Baskoro’s method,
gives own method
5. disagrees with Andin’s method,
asks what is the most important
thing for studying
6. gives opinion 6. expresses doubt, gives own
opinion
7. gives agreement, gives preclosing 7. replies to preclosing
8. says good-bye 8. says good-bye


86
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Task 2:
Read the weather report that follows carefully. Then complete the task

The World Weather Report

March 15th
There was heavy snow and windy weather in Chicago on Monday, and there was
also heavy rain on the west coast of the United State-particularly in and around the city
of San Francisco. Things were no better on other side of the world in Australia – there
wasextremelyheavyraininthestateofQueensland,with475mmofrainfallingin
just fve days. In south-east Asia, there was hotter, sunny weather with the town of
Pontianak in the west of Kalimantan the hottest place. The temperature was 30 degrees
the warmest so far this year.
It wasn’t good news in Europe however. There was heavy snow in the Balkans,
and parts of north-eastern Italy on Monday and Tuesday. Things are getting a little
better in the city of Irkutsk in eastern Siberia, however the temperature went about
zerodegreesforthefrsttimesincelastNovember.
(Source:Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Complete the information in the table.
Locations Weather Extrainformation
Chicago Snow, windy
San Fransisco
Queensland 475mmofraininfvedays
Pontianak
The Balkans
North-east Italy
Irskutsk

Refections
1. This unit gives me (put tick V):
newexperiences.
veryusefullearningexperiences.
verylittlelearningexperiences.
very useful learning strategy.
very little learning strategy.
2. The most interesting part in this unit is………..
3. Things that I want to study more are………………
4. The activity that I like best in this unit is ...................

87
Unit 5 - What do you think
The reason why I like it is as follows:
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
5. Read the statements. Then, give tick (v) to yes, no, some.
Statements very well well little
a. I can state agreement and disagreement.
b. I can make responses to agreement and
disagreement.
c. I can give advice/recommendation.
d. I can make responses to advice/
recommendation.
e. I can ask information.
f. I can give an opinion.
g. I can write a letter of permission.
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts
of Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian
Equivalent
allowance n
[c'Iaocnsj
uang saku
fabulous adj
['IæbjoIcsj inoah
gorgeous adj
['g5:o¸csj Iuarbiasa
marvelous adj
['mo:vcIcsj inoah
permission n
[pc'mijnj izin
scenery n
['si:nrij pcmanoangan
scarf n
[sko:Ij
selendang
recommendation n
[rckcmcn'ocijnj rckomcnoasi
regret verb
[ri'grctj mcnycsaI
suit n
[su:tj sctcIanjas
88
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Pic. 5.5 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Questions
1. What is the chant about?
2. What did the writer not get from you?
3. How many persons are there mentioned?
4. What did Lee not do to the writer?
5. Do you think that the writer is angry with you?
Fun
Page
79
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
UNIT 6
Once upon a time
In this unit, you will learn to:
 comprehend oral narrative texts.
 present oral narrative texts accurately.
 read and understand written narrative texts.
 create written narrative texts.
Pic. 6.1 (www.hometowncobb.com)
(Narrative)
80
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Spoken Narratives
Presentation
Activity 1
In the past rich people or landlords had slaves. The slaves worked for long hours
everyday for their master. Your teacher will ask you questions related with a
slave. Answer these questions.
1. Do you know the Indonesian word of “slaves”?
2. What do the slaves do?
3. Do you think that slaves do a lot of ‘help’ to their master?
4. Have you ever heard bad things that a master does to the slaves?
5. Do you think that helping each other is a good thing to do?
Activity 2
Your teacher will tell you a story about a slave. Now, let’s learn the pronunciation
of some words from the story frst. Listen and repeat after the teacher.
Word Pronunciation
slave /sleiv/
landlord
/IænoI5:o/
master
/mo:ster/
forest
/I5:rist/
cave
/kciv/
roar
/r5:r/
thorn
/05:rn/
foot
/Iot/
escape
/iskcip/
Activity 3
Now, let’s learn the meaning of the words. With a partner, draw a line to match
the word in Column A with the meaning in Column B. No 1 has been done for
you
Use your dictionary
Column A Column B
1) slave a) telapak kaki
2) landlord b) auman
3) master c) hutan
81
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
4) forest d) budak
5) cave e) duri
6) roar f) tuan
7) thorn g) melarikan diri
8) foot h) gua
9) escape i) tuan tanah


Activity 4
Your teacher will tell you a story about a slave. Close your book. Listen carefully.
Babu and the Lion
One day, there was a slave whose name was Babu. His master was very, very
bad. You know, he often punched Babu and did not offer him food for days. Poor
Babu! So he escaped into a forest and slept in a cave.
Next morning, he heard a loud roar. In front of him...., at the mouth of the
cave..., was a very big lion. You see, Babu was scared to
death! Kind of scary, isn’t it? But he could not escape.
But the lion didn’t attack him. It was tame. There
was a large thorn in its right front foot. The lion looked
at Babu. It seemed to say something like:”Please help
me. It’s very painful.” Babu walked bravely to the lion
and pulled out the thorn. Babu and the lion turned out
to be friends.
(Adapted from GB Shaw’s play: Androcles and the
Lion)
While listening, fnd the answers to the questions
below.
1. What was the slave’s name?
2. Was the slave a man or a woman?
3. Was the master kind or bad?
4. Where did the slave run away?
5. Where did she/he sleep?
6. What animal did she/he see next morning?
7. Was the animal big or small?
8. Was the slave afraid of the animal?
9. Did the animal attack him/her?
10. What did the slave do to the animal?
Well, if you were the slave in the story, would you do the same thing
to the lion?
Where do you think would the slave and the animal live then?
Do you think it’s fun to live with wild animals?
Pic.6.2
(http://ursispaltenstein.ch/blog)
82
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Practice
Activity 1
Complete each sentence below with the correct word from the box.


punched slept ran away bad lame
bravely frightened attack painful heard

1. The ... master didn’t give him food.
2. The master often ... his slave.
3. The slave ... ... from his master.
4. He ... in a cave.
5. Babu ... a loud roar.
6. He was ... by the roar of the lion.
7. The lion did not ... him.
8. The lion walked unsteadily. It was ....
9. A thorn pained its right foot. The foot was ....
10. Babu walked ... towards the lion.

Activity 2
We use the Simple Past Tense of verbs to show events that happened in the past.
With regular verbs, we just add the ending –ed to the verbs to make the past form
of the verbs.
The affrmative form: Subject + Verb-ed
Look at the following examples.
Babu escaped to the forest.
The master talked to Babu.
A lion appeared in front of the mouth of the cave.
Activity 3
Now, practice using the Simple Past Tense of verbs to show events that happened
in the past. Change the verb forms in the bracket.
1. Babu (live) years ago with his master.
2. He (work) for a master who was very bad.
3. Babu’s master (treat) him badly.
4. His master (look) at him with anger.
5. His master (dislike) him very much.
6. For days, his master (offer) him no meals at all.
83
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
7. Poor Babu (escape) to the jungle.
8. A big lion (roar) in front of the mouth of the cave.
9. Babu (pull) a thorn out of the lion’s foot.
10. Babu and the lion (help) each other as friends.
Activity 4
Let’s get back to the slave and the lion in the story.
Do you want to know what happened to them then?
Now let’s continue the story.
With your classmates, arrange the sentences in the box
below. To do that, follow these questions.
1. What did Babu’s master want?
2. What did he report to the king?
3. What did the king do?
4. Where was Babu put?
5. What animal was in the pit?
6. What did Babu ever do to the animal?
7. Did it attack Babu or not?
8. What did it do to Babu?
9. What did fnally happen to Babu and the lion?
• Babu’s master wanted to arrest him.
• He was put into a pit.
• He reported his escape to the king.
• In the pit, there was a big, hungry lion.
• The king sent some soldiers to catch Babu.
• It was the lion that Babu helped.
• Finally, the king freed Babu and the lion.
• It did not attack him.
• The lion licked Babu’s hands and face.
Activity 4
Work in pairs. Retell the slave and the lion story using your own words. Make
sure that you retell it clearly and use correct pronunciation. Before retelling the
story, make the draft of your story using the following fowchart.
Pic.6.3
(http://collection.aucklandartgallery.govt.nz)
84
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
When? Who? What happened?
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
What happened next?
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Tell more about it.
__________________________________________
__________________________________________

What happened next?
__________________________________________
_________________________________________
Tell more about it
__________________________________________
__________________________________________

What happened fnally?
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Production
Activity 1
Please tell a story you know well to your classmates and teacher. Your story can
be a local folklore, familiar to all of you, for example Malin Kundang from West
Sumatera, Sangkuriang from West Java, the story of Tengger from East Java, etc.
85
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
You may use the following questions to guide you. You can also use the table following
the questions. Make sure that you retell it clearly and use correct pronunciation.
1. Where did it happen?
2. When did it happen?
3. Who were the characters?
4. What happened to the characters?
5. How did the characters resolve the problems?
6. What was the ending of the story?


When you fnish your story, share the story to the whole class. Have questions and
answers with your classmates.
Section Two:
Written Narratives
Presentation
Activity 1
Discuss these questions with a friend.
1. Do you tell local folktales or legends to your little sisters or brothers?
2. Which folktale or local legends do you like best?
3. Who were the characters?
4. What happened to these characters?
5. Was it a sad or happy ending?
when who
where how
what problem(s)
solution(s) to the
problem(s)
in series of activities
lessons learned or
end of the story
86
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 2
Have you ever heard the story of a princess named Snow White? Here is a short
version of the story. Read it carefully.
Snow White
Long ago, in the Neverland, there lived a very
beautiful princess, Snow White. The Queen was her
stepmother. She was very jealous of her beauty. So she
wanted her to die.
Snow White knew about the evil plan. She escaped
into a forest. There she made friends with seven
dwarfs.
The queen turned Snow White into a witch. Snow
White did not realize it. The witch gave her a poisoned
apple. As a result, Snow White was put into sleep for
years.
Fortunately, in the end, Prince Charming revived
her with a kiss. They lived together happily ever after.
(Free adaptation from Grimms’ fairy tale)
Activity 3
According to the story, say whether each statement below is true or false.
1. Snow White was a beautiful queen.
2. Her own mother was jealous of her beauty.
3. Snow White ran away from her palace.
4. She lived with Prince Charming in a forest.
5. Snow White was poisoned by her stepmother.
6. Her stepmother was evil.
7. The dwarfs helped Prince Charming revive Snow White.
8. Snow White and Prince Charming had a happy life after that.
Activity 4
Answer these questions.
1. What is the story about?
2. When and where did the story happen?
3. What problems did Snow White have?
4. What happened to her then?
5. Who came to help her?
6. What did he do to Snow White?
7. How did they live after that?
Pic.6.4
(http:///www.pewterkingdom.com/)
87
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
Activity 5
How are narratives written? Answer these questions and read the explanation in
the box carefully. Let’s get back to the story of Snow White.
1. Who are the main characters of the Snow White story?
___________________________________________________
2. Where did this story take place?
___________________________________________________
In the middle of the story the writer tells us what happens to
Snow White. This part of the story contains a problem that Snow
White experienced.
3. What evil things did the Queen do to Snow White?
____________________________________________________
In the middle of the story the writer tells us what happens to
Snow White. This part of the story contains a problem that
Snow White experienced.
4. Did Snow White wake up from her long sleep? How did she wake up?
______________________________________________________
At the end of the story the writer tells us the way out of the
problem that Snow White faced.
Activity 6
In most narratives writers are writing about things that happened in the past.
Therefore, the verbs are in the past tense form. Now change these verbs in the
following into the past tense.
1. Today, the prince lives happily with the princess. Years ago he (live) a sad
life.
2. Today, the prince obtains what he wants easily. Years ago he (obtain) what he
(want) with diffculties.
3. Today, the prince realizes that the princess loves him very much. Years ago he
(realize) that the princess (love) him little.
4. Today, the prince likes his castle very much. Years ago the prince hardly (like)
his castle.
5. Today, the prince revives his love to the princess. Years ago the prince hardly
(revive) his love to the princess.
88
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Now, put the verbs used in the sentences above into the table below.
Today the prince Years ago the prince
lives
obtains
wants
realizes
loves
likes
revives

Activity 7
Punctuations: Capital Letters and Full Stops
• A sentence must start with a capital letter and end with a full stop.
• Names of people and places start with a capital letter.

Dea rewrites her vacation with her family, but she forgets the capital letters and the full
stops. Please put in the capital letters and full stops for her.
we went to bali last july it was our frst visit there we visited kuta, sanur, bedugul and
other resorts at kuta my brother went surfng i went parasailing at bedugul mum and
dad took pictures of us we really enjoyed our vacation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Practice
Activity 1
The words below are used in the parts following Activity 1. To learn the meaning
of the words, do the following exercise frst. Match each word in Column A with
the meaning in Column B.
Use your dictionary.
Column A Column B
1) sunset a) perangkap
2) hunter b) permintaan
3) owl c) mengabulkan
4) trap d) burung hantu
89
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
5) set free e) matahari terbenam
6) paradise f) surga
7) grant g) berperabot
8) wishes h) sangat besar
9) furnished i) pemburu
10) huge j) membebaskan

Activity 2
With a friend, read the unfnished fairy tale below.
One day, a hunter caught an owl in his trap. It was a
paradise owl.
The owl begged the hunter to free it. In return, the
owl promised to grant him three wishes.
“Give me a large, luxurious, furnished house with a
beautiful garden,” said the hunter. And there, in front of
him, was the house he wanted.
“Give me a very huge box of gold coins,” he asked. And again he got
what he wanted.
“Give me a very beautiful, loving wife who is good at cooking.” And...
1. How would you continue the story in the part following the text above?
2. Will you make it a happy-ending story? How? Please write.
3. Will you prefer to have a sad ending? How? Please write.
Activity 3
Here is a story for you to rearrange. Pay a close attention to its parts so that it
becomes a good narrative.

One day there was a party at the palace. All were invited. Her stepsisters
would not let her go with them. Cinderella was sad.
Finally the Prince found Cinderella and they got married and lived
happily ever after.

Once upon a time there was a girl called Cinderella. She lived with her
stepmother and stepsisters. They were very very bossy. She had to do all
the housework.
90
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
The Prince took her glass shoe. He traveled around the country to fnd a
girl that matched the glass shoe.
The Fairy Godmother came and helped her to go to the ball. Cinderella
danced with the prince. After a while, the clock stroke twelve. She left
him one of her glass shoes and went home.
Production
Activity 1
Here is another story for you to read. Read the story carefully.
Once upon a time there was a beautiful girl called
Sarah, who lived with her step mother. Her step mother
was very bossy, greedy and arrogant. She hated Sarah a
lot.
One day when her father was working out side, the
step mother hit Sarah and expelled her from the house.
She went out side and walked far away from the house. Suddenly she saw a
big melon farm and went in it. After that she hid in a big melon. She used to
go out of the melon and get her food.
One day a prince visited the farm and saw the big melon. “Cut this melon
I want to eat it,’’ the prince said. The prince’s guards started to cut the melon
but they heard a voice from it. Sarah said “Don’t cut me please!” They were
all surprised at this situation. The prince said “Who are you? Calm down,
please come out.” After that she came out. He fell in love with her.
She told him her story so the prince decided to marry her and they lived
happily ever after.
Written by Sanaa,Aisha and Fozya
Activity 2
Complete these sentences based on the information in the story above.
1. The story talk about ………………………………………………..
2. The step mother behave ………………………… in the family.
3. Sarah left the house one day because …………………………….
4. Sarah saw a very big melon and decided to ……….. in side it.
5. ………………………saw a big melon wanted to eat the melon.
6. The guards stopped cutting the melon because ……………….
7. In the end Sarah ……………………………………………………
91
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
Activity 3
Now let’s write a story together.
You can choose a folktale or a local legend. Use the story plan below to write
notes for your narrative.

Where and when?
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
Who were in the story?
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
What was the problem?
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
How did they try to solve the problem?
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
How did the story end?
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________

Activity 4
After you fnish writing your narrative, read the checklist below. If you can answer
yes to that question, tick the yes column. This will help you edit your narrative.
If you answer ‘no’, go back to your story and fx it.
No What to check Yes No
1 Have you mentioned the time?
2 Have you mentioned the place?
3 Have you mentioned the characters?
4 Have you mentioned what happened to the characters?
5
Have you mentioned how the characters solve the
problems?
6 Have you mentioned the ending of the story?
7 Have you used verbs in past tense?
8 Have you checked your spelling and punctuation?
92
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 5
Now, when you have fnished your story, share your story to the whole class.
Present your story to the class orally. Make sure that you speak clearly with a
good pronunciation.
Good morning my classmates. I have written
an interesting story. Well, on this occasion let
me tell you my story about ….
Homework
1. In pairs tell a story of a local legend, rehearse the story and mind your
pronunciation. Then record story on a tape. Submit the tape to your teacher.
2. Write a narrative of your own adventure. To make it more interesting, complete
it with series of pictures. Make sure that you include all in your story. Use the
checklist in Activity 2 above.
Summary
In this unit you have learned two important ways of narrating. We have learned,
frst, how to retell a narrative orally and, secondly, how to write a narrative text.
Besides, we also learned that narrative stories consist of the following elements:
Part Function
Setting To introduce ‘where’ and ‘when’ of the story
Characters To introduce the people – main characters and others –
who were involved in the story.
Complication To introduce problems that the characters face
Action To present how the characters fnd solutions to the
problems
Ending To conclude the story or how the story ends


Evaluation
Task 1: Fill in the blanks with the words from the box.
kept appeared wished opened awoke
grabbed lived went fell in love wanted

Pic. 6..5 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
93
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
The Magic Candle
One day a young wanderer got lost in a
wood. Suddenly he saw a light from an old hut.
He knocked on the door and an old woman (1)
………… it. She was crying. She said that the devil
had stolen her magic candle. The candle could
grant anything she asked. The wanderer asked her
where the devil (2) ………. “In a castle not far from
here,” said the old woman.
The wanderer (3).......... to the castle. There he
found the devil, but he was old and weak. Therefore
when the wanderer (4)............... the magic candle
from the devil’s table and ran away, he couldn’t chase him.
But the wanderer was not a kind man. He didn’t return the candle
to the old woman, but (5)................ it for himself. He lit the candle and
made a wish, “I want to go far away from here.” Suddenly the genies
(6).................. and took him to a beautiful palace. There was party in the
palace. The wanderer (7) ………… to make some money. So he lit the
candle again and wished for some jewelry. He sold them to the guests
and was soon making a lot of money. Then the Princess came to buy
the jewelry, but there was nothing left. The wanderer (8).........................
with her and asked her to marry him. The kind princess said ‘Yes’, and
they got married the next day. In his happiness, the wanderer told the
princess about his adventure and the magic candle. Hearing that, the
princess got very angry. At night she lit the candle and (9) ……………..
that the wanderer disappeared.
In the morning the wanderer (10) …………….. and found himself
back in his ugly house in the village.
(Adapted from Fun Plus 05)
Task 2: Answer the following questions based on the story above.
Questions
1. What does the story talk about?
2. What does the frst paragraph deal with?
3. After talking with an old woman, what did he do then?
4. How was the devil?
5. What did the wanderer take from the devil?
6. Did the old woman get her magic candle back from the wanderer?
Why?
7. What did the wanderer do with the magic candle for himself?
8. Was the princess happy with the wanderer’s story?
9. What happened fnally to the wanderer? Why?
94
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Task 3: In your own words, rewrite the story above. You may use the questions in
Task 2 above to help you write the story of your own.

Refections
1. Write the steps of writing a narrative in a fowchart. Please put the words or
phrases in the box below into the appropriate part order. Use the arrows to
show the fow of the plan of the story.



2. Mention the activity that you like best in this unit and the reasons why you like
it.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
lessons learned or
end of the story
solution(s) to the
problem(s)
in series of activities
what problem(s)
when who
where how
Pic. 6.6 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
95
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...
Vocabulary list
Words Parts of
Speech
Phonetic Transcription Indonesian
Equivalent
begged verb
[bcgoj
meminta
cave noun
[kcivj
gua
escaped verb
[i'skciptj
melarikan
evil noun
['i:vIj
jahat
furnished house noun
['Ic:nijtj[haosj
Rumah perabot
lengkap
landlord noun
['IænoI5:oj
Tuan tanah
poisoned verb
['p5iznoj
meracuni
revived verb
[ri'vaivoj
Hidup kembali
slave noun
[sIcivj
budak
slavery noun
['sIcivrij
perbudakan


96
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Questions
1. Do people from different parts of the world greet each other in the
same way?
2. How do they greet each other?
3. Do we also greet each other in our culture?
4. How do we greet each other?
Fun
Page
97
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
UNIT 7
Making Telephone Calls
In this unit, you will learn to:
 comprehend transactional conversations: e.g. telephone calls, requesting,
inviting.
 produce transactional conversations: e.g. telephone calls, requesting, inviting.
 read and understand written short functional texts.
 create written short functional texts.
Pic. 7.1 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
98
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Telephoning, Requesting and Inviting
Presentation
Activity 1
Your teacher and you will talk about telephoning.
First, answer the following questions:
Have you ever made a telephone call?
How do you make the call? Using a telephone set at home?
A mobile phone?
Who do you frequently call?
When do you usually need to make a call?
Who has ever made a telephone call in English? To whom?
Activity 2
What is your phone number? Sometimes you need to mention a phone number.
How would you do it? Each fgure is spoken individually. When the number of a
pair is the same, it is read as ‘double ’. Look at the examples below:
0341463293 (oh three four one four six three two nine three)
0817532747 (oh eight one seven fve three two seven four seven)
0264995544 (oh six four double nine double fve double four)
Now, practice saying these phone numbers correctly.
 0855 234 472 363
 567 475
 770 099
 496 663
 0272 338 225
 496371

Activity 3
Listen and repeat the following phone conversation.
Then, answer the questions.

99
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls

Bob : Hello.
Adi : Hello.
Bob : Bob speaking. Can I speak to Mary, please?
Adi : Hm. She is not home right now.
Bob : Oh, Ok.
Adi : Can I take a message?
Bob : Yes, please. Thanks.
Adi : Wait a second. I’ll get a pen.
(a minute later)
Adi : Ok.
Bob : Could you tell her to meet Bob at 7 p.m.
in front of the City Public Library?
Adi : All right.
Bob : Thank you. Bye.
Adi : Bye.
Questions :
1. Who are the speakers? Do they know each other?
2. How does Bob open the conversation?
3. What does Bob want?
4. What does Adi offer?
5. What will Adi tell Mary?
Activity 4
Listen and repeat after the teacher. Observe how the speakers open the conversation
and close the conversation. Finally answer the questions below.
Mr. Kale is speaking on the phone with the secretary of Parker Industries.
Listen and repeat
Secretary : Good morning, Parker Industries. May I
help you?
Mr. Kale : Hello. May I speak to Ms. Graham,
please?
Secretary : I’m sorry. She’s not in. Would you like
to leave a message?
Mr. Kale : Yes, please. This is Mr. Kale.
Secretary : Is that G-A-L-E?
Mr. Kale : No, it’s K-A-L-E.
Pic. 7.2 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
Pic. 7.3 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
100
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Secretary : All right.
Mr. Kale : Could you please tell her the meeting is on Friday at 2:
30.
Secretary : Friday at 2:30.
Mr. Kale : And would you ask her to phone me this afternoon?
My number is 356-4031.
dalam kotak
Secretary : 356-4031. Yes Mr. Kale. I’ll give Ms Graham the
messages.
Mr. Kale : Thank you. Goodbye.
Secretary : Goodbye.
Source: Richards, 1991.
Questions
1. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each
other?
2. What does he say to open the conversation?
3. What does he want?
4. What will the secretary tell Ms. Graham when she arrives at the offce?
5. How does he close the conversation?
Activity 5
Study the telephone conversation in Activities 3 and 4 above once again. Observe
how the conversation begins, develops and ends. Can you identify the expression
to open the telephone conversation? Right you can say ‘Hello’. The response is
also ‘Hello’. Here are some more expressions you may use in the beginning stage
of a telephone conversation. Listen and repeat.

Good morning Good morning
Hallo Hallo
Hallo Siti speaking.
Hi Hi
Hi, there. Hi.
Good morning. Is it
0276 345 675
Good morning. That’s
right.
Good evening. Is it 463
765
Good evening. Sorry. You
got the wrong number
101
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
You may use some expressions in the next stage to end a phone conversation as
follows. Listen and Repeat.

Thank you. Thanks. Bye.
Thanks. Bye. Thanks for calling. Bye.
Good bye. Good bye.
Bye. Bye.
See you later. Bye.
Activity 6
In a phone conversation, you must use special expressions if you want to ask for
something or ask somebody to do something in a polite or formal way. Can you
identify these special expressions in the model telephone conversation above?
List them here:


_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Activity 7
Here are some expressions used in telephoning. Match the expressions on the
right column with the Indonesian equivalents on the left. Draw lines to match
them.
Expressions Indonesian equivalents
1. Would you like to wait for a moment? a. Maaf, saluran sibuk
2. May I ask who’s speaking, please? b. Bisakah saya tulis pesan Anda?
3. I’m sorry the line is busy. c. Mohon telepon kembali
4. Could you hang off the telephone, please. d. Mohon tunggu sebentar
5. I’m sorry you dial the wrong number. e. Maaf, salah sambung
6. Would you like to call back? f. Apakah mau meninggalkan pesan?
7. Can I take a message? g. Mohon meletakkan telepon
8. Would you like to leave the message? h. Boleh tanya, siapa yang bicara.

102
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 8
Listen and repeat after the teacher.
Mrs. Sartono visits her neighbour
Mrs. Sartono : Oh, hello. Mrs. Yayah. Could I use your telephone
for a minute?
Mrs. Yayah : Please do.
Mrs. Sartono : Thank you. And is that the morning’s paper?
Mrs. Yayah : Yes. It is.
Mrs. Sartono : May I borrow it?
Mrs. Yayah : Sorry, I haven’t fnished reading it yet.
Mrs. Sartono : Oh, I see. It doesn’t matter then.
Questions
1. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each
other?
2. How does he open the conversation?
3. What phrase does he use to request?
4. How does he close the conversation?
5. Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes, why?
Activity 9
When you make a request in a telephone conversation as shown in Activity 8, you
need to know polite patterns. Here are some examples. Repeat after the teacher.
POLITE REQUESTS POSSIBLE RESPONSES
(a). May I speak to John, please?
(b). Could I speak to John, please?
(c). Can I speak to John, please?
(d). Do you mind if …?
(e). Would you mind if …?
Wait a moment.
He is out.
Yes. Certainly.
Wrong number.
Sure. (informal)
Okay. (informal)
Listen and repeat after the teacher.
Borrowing a camera

Jenny : Do you mind if I use your camera?
Norma : Sorry. I’m using it.
Jenny : Never mind then.
103
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
Questions
1. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each other?
2. How does he open the conversation?
3. What phrase does he use to request?
4. How does he close the conversation?
5. Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes, why?

Activity 10
These are some more to learn when people are requesting/asking for things.
Listen and repeat. Then act them out.
 At a school offce
Cindy : Could I have some paper please?
Brian : Sure. How many pieces do you need?
Cindy : 45 pieces should be enough.
Brian : Here you are.
Cindy : Thanks.
 In a restaurant
Amel : May I have some doggy bags, please?
Niken : Sure. Wait a second. Here you are.
Amel : Thanks a lot.
Niken : No problem.
 In a fat
Amir : Sorry to bother you. Could I ask for a pinch of salt, please? I am
running out of it.
Busro : Certainly. Just a second.
Here it is.
Amir : Thank you.
Activity 12
When you invite, you also need to know the patterns for inviting somebody. Here
are some examples. Repeat after the teacher.
INVITATIONS POSSIBLE RESPONSES
(a). Would you …
(b). Could you …
(c). Please, come/visit …
(d). You are cordially invited. (written)
Yes. Certainly.
Sure. (informal)
Okay. (informal)
I would love to. (formal)

104
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Activity 13
Now, look at the following conversation. Rama is calling Andreta to invite her to
the movie. Listen and repeat.

Rama : Oh hi, Andre. It’s Rama
here.
Andreta : Oh hi. How are you?
Rama : Fine thanks. Listen.
I’ve got a couple tickets
for the new Brad Pitt’s
flm. Would you like to
come?
Andreta : Oh, thanks. But I’m
working on an essay. I
have to fnish it
tonight because it’s
due tomorrow.
Rama : Oh, what a pity. Well, never mind. Some other time perhaps.
Andreta : Sure.
Rama : Bye.
Andreta : Bye.
Adapted from McLean, 1981.
Questions
1. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each
other?
2. How does he open the conversation?
3. What phrase does he use to invite her?
4. Where does he invite her to go?
5. How does he close the conversation?
6. Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes, why?
Practice
Activity 1
Act out the following dialogues. Use may I, could I, or can I + a verb.

Hi there. Is it 326 400?
Hi. Oh yes. Can I help you?
What’s on today please?
It’s Ayat-ayat Cinta.
Oh great!
Thank you very much.
Thanks for calling. Bye.
Pic. 7.3 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
105
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls

Activity 2
Work in pairs. Match the words on the right with the ones on the left by drawing
lines. Then act it out.
1. Can/may/could I use your
typewriter for a while?
a. OK. Sorry.
2. Can/could you turn off the
radio?
b. Sure, I fnd it very hot
here, myself, too.
3. Can/could you open the
window?
c. Sorry. I’m going to use it
to go to town shortly.
4. Do you mind if I borrow your
motorcycle for an hour?
d. Sorry, I have to type a
letter.
5. Can/may/could I borrow your
newspaper?
e. Sorry, I haven’t
fnished reading it yet

Activity 3

Act out some more invitations and various responses to the invitations.
1. Tika : Hi, Nasha. Tika’s speaking.
Nasha : Oh hi, Tika. How are you?
Hello. Central Post Offce.
_______ to Ms. Handoko, please?
May I ask who is calling, please?
Ria Mauratu
Just a moment, Ms. Mauratu.
I’ll connect you.
Thank you
Hello?
Hi. This is Budi. ________
to Hasan, please?
Sure. Hang on.

OK. Thank you
106
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII


Tika : Good. Thank you. Tika, would you come to my
sister’s party tomorrow?
Nasha : Sure, I will. What time is the party?
Tika : 7 p.m.
Nasha : That’s great. Any special dress code?
Tika : No. See you.
Nasha : See you. Thanks for calling.
2. Wahyu : Hello, Lutf. It’s Wahyu. How are you?
Lutf : Hi, Wahyu. Fine. Thanks.
Wahyu : Lut, would you like to drop in after class?
Lutf : I’d like to, but I have to be home before 3.
Next time.
Wahyu : Ok. Bye.
Lutf : Bye.
3. Cici : Hello, Mira. It’s Cici.
Mira : Hi, Ci. How are you?
Cici : Fine. Thanks. How about you?
Mira : Very well. Thank you. Ci, I’ll have my
birthday party next weekend. Could you
come?
Cici : Oh, so sorry. My family and I plan to visit
my uncle in Surabaya.
Mira : What a pity! But, it’s OK.
Cici : Sorry Mira.

Production
Activity 1
Work in pairs. Act out the following phone conversation.
Hi there.
That’ll be fne, Tin.
Hi. Tini. How are you ?
Good. Thanks. Could I borrow
your laptop, please? Two days, I
suppose.
107
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls

Activity 2
Work in pairs. The following phone conversation is incomplete. Complete the
dialogue using the following cues. Then act out the conversation.
Bintang and Rumbewas are classmates. Bintang tries to phone
Rumbewas to ask him to join an English Storytelling competition
on Sunday, March, 23rd at 8 am. The location is at SMPN 1 Jalan
Merapi no 5. When she phones, Rumbewas is out. Ana, Rumbewas’
sister, answers the phone.

Ana : Hello?
Bintang : Hello. ................................, please?
Ana : No, he is’nt.
Bintang : Can I ...................................., please?
Ana :...........................................................
Bintang :...........................................................
Activity 3
Work in pairs. Create a telephone conversation using the following cues. Then,
act out the conversation into a role play.
Lina tries to phone her father in his offce. When she phones him, his
secretary answers the phone and tells her that he is out of the offce.
She asks his secretary to tell him that her mother is sick at home and
needs to go to hospital as soon as possible.
Yes. Thank you.
Good afternoon. Dr. Rizal’s
offce. Can I help you?
Yes, I’d like to make an
appointment with Dr.
Rizal, please.
Fine. Is Tuesday morning at
fve all right?
Ok. Please tell him Andri
called him. Thanks.
Hello.
Can I talk to Hendra, please?
He’s not home right now.
Would you like to leave
a message?
Sure. Thanks.
108
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Secretary : Good morning, Kalbe Farma
Industry, May I help you?
Lina : ________________________________
________________________________
Secretary : ________________________________
________________________________
Lina : ________________________________
________________________________
Secretary : ________________________________
________________________________
Activity 4
Observe the following dialogue carefully.
Albar : Would you like to come to a party with me?
Betty : I’d love to. Thank you very much.
Albar : Let’s make it after supper.
Betty : OK. See you later.
Make up dialogues like the example above. Use the information below appropriately in
the underlined parts.
come to a football match
go to the cinema
come to the farewell party
eat out
see a flm
6.30 at your place
about 7.30
on Saturday
after dinner
tonight

Activity 5
Take turns practicing the dialogues.
1. Your friend asks you to go with him/her to the mall. You have to take care of
your baby brother because your parents are not home.
2. You call your friend and ask her/him to go with you to see a new movie. She/
he agrees.
Pic. 7.4 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
109
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls

Section Two:
Short Functional Texts
Presentation
Activity 1
Work in pairs. Answer the following questions
1. Have you ever got an invitation?
2. When was it?
3. For what occasion were you invited?
4. Why do people make invitations?
5. What do you expect to fnd in an invitation?
Activity 2
With a partner, discuss the following parts of an invitation you think you should
not probably miss. Please tick (V) them.
Parts of advertisement
1. Name of the one who invites
2. Address of the one who invites
3. Address where the event is held
4. Special services
5. Salutation
6. Date and time of the event to be held
7. Closing
8. Date and time of writing the invitation
9. Direction/map to reach the place
………..
………..
………..
………..
………..
………..
………..
………..
………..
Activity 3

Read the following example of an invitation card and its reply.
ada kotak berupa post card
Dear Winda,
I’m having a birthday party at Rose’s Cafe
On Saturday, Sept 6
At 7 pm
You are cordially invited.
Indra
RSVP
Pic. 7.5 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
110
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Dear Indra,
Thank you very much for your invitation to your birthday
party at Rose’s Café.
I would love to come, but I regret to let you know I have to
take my little brother to the dentist’s.
Love,
Winda
Questions
1. Who invites Winda?
2. For what occasion is the invitation?
3. Where will the party be held?
4. When will the party be held?
5. What is RSVP?
6. Is Winda able to come to the party?
7. What happens to Winda’s little brother?
Activity 4
Work in pairs. Answer the following questions

1. Have you ever got a message?
2. When was it?
3. Who wrote the message?
4. Why do people write messages?
5. What can you expect to fnd in a message?
Activity 5
Study the following e-mail messages between two friends. Then answer the
questions.
Hi Jegeg,
You’re right, Geg. The test will be held soon,
starting from june 8. Here is some information
you need. Students are asked to have their own
stationary. No dictionary is allowed. Lateness is
not tolerated. Cheating is prohibited. The students
card must be presented. The frst day is biology.
Well, I’ve got to go now. We all miss you. See you
soon. Tak egood care.
Love.
Bagus
111
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
Quetions
1. Who wrote the email?
2. Who was the email for?
3. Why did the sender write this email?
4. What ought Jegeg to bring to the test?
5. What is tested on the frst day?
Activity 6
Reread the e-mail messages by Bagus in Activity 5. Observe the sentences he used
in the e-mail once again. Can you identify the sentences with the pattern ‘be +
verb 3’ in his e-mail massages? With a partner, write down these sentences in the
box below.
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________

Activity 7
Now, compare the sentences you have written in Activity 6 with the following
taken from the e-mail above. Notice the expressions in bold.
1. The test will be held soon, starting from June 8.
2. Students are asked to have their own stationeries.
3. No dictionary is allowed to be used.
4. Lateness is not tolerated.
5. Cheating is prohibited.
6. The ID card must be presented.
Study the sentences in the table below. Discuss them with a partner. The sentences have
the same pattern as some sentences in the e-mail above.
Everyone was invited to the school party.
Smoking in the public is prohibited.
Part 1 of the book is being discussed now
The blackboard has been cleaned.
The party will be held on this Thursday night.

Activity 8
Fill the blanks with the word provided on the right column.
Look at the noun at the beginning of each sentence.
112
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

1 Syahrudin ……… books everyday.
Books ……… by Syahrudin everyday.
are read
reads
2 The students ….. the teacher’s explanation.
The teacher’s explanation ….. by the students.
understood
was understood
3

Yoyoh ….. the experiment report soon
The experiment report ….. by Yoyoh soon.
will write
will be written
Do these sentences have the same or different meaning? Discuss with a partner.
Practice
Activity 1
These expressions are parts of an invitation. Put these parts in their appropriate
places to make an invitation.
 On Saturday, Sept 6
 RSVP
 I’m having a birthday party at ‘Rumah Makan Ringin Asri’
 There are door prizes for you.
 At 08.00 pm
 Dear Friends,
 All of you are cordially invited.
 Yatman Surapraja
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Activity 2
With a partner complete the following invitation card using appropriate
expressions so that it makes an invitation. You will celebrate your football team’s
5th anniversary. Decide the place, time yourself.
Dear,______________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________

113
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
Activity 3
Use an appropriate form of verbs between brackets. No 1 has been done for you.
Making paper is a long process to do. Here is a series of process by which paper is
made. All begins from trees in the jugle.
Pic. 7.8 (Rachmajanti and Sulistyo, 2007)
First, trees in the jungle are cut (1) down. Then, these trees (cut)
(2) into smaller parts. These parts (call) (3) logs. Further, the
logs (cut) (3) into very small pieces. These pieces then (mix) (4)
and (cook) (5) in a very big container. Into the container, some
chemicals (add). This results in a mixture which (call) (6) pulp.
This pulp (press) (7) through rollers so that it forms sheets. These
sheets (dry) (8) further to make paper. Now, the paper is ready to
be processed further, for example, to be made into books etc.
Activity 4
Bak’ Iyah helps the Han family. Ms. Han wants her to do the cooking for the day’s
meal while she is away. So, she writes a note to Bak’ Iyah. Complete the following
messages. Use passive voice.
Bak’ Iyah,
The onions and garlic need to be (peel) and then (cut)
into small pieces. Then put them in the butter.
The mushrooms need to be (boil) frst when the onions
are soft.Then, mixall of them.
Thanks.
Ibu
Pic. 7.9
(www.e-psikologi.com)
114
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Activity 5
Complete the following messages. Use passive voice.
Bev,
I’ll be out all afternoon.
The dishes need to be ....when you get home.
Then the vegetables need to be w....and c... up.
When you’ve fnished that, the living – room need to be ...
Thanks a lot.
Mum
Source: Richards and Long, 1986.
Production
Activity 1
Work in pairs. Think about an interesting activity you will do this weekend. Invite
your classmates to join you. Write down your invitation on a piece of paper.
Mention ‘what activity’, ‘where’, and ‘when.’
Example
Hi Diding,
Come to my home on Wednesday 11,
4 p.m. Jl. Penanggungan 2/7. Share your
happiness at my sister’s birthday.
Jaka
Activity 2
You are invited by your best friend, Wie Chiang. Here is the invitation.
Hi Ibrahim,
Please come to my home on Friday 13, at 4 p.m. Jl. Sindoro 1/6. I’m
having my party to celebrate my achievement in a National Science
Competition.
Wie Chiang
RSVP
Pic. 7.10
(Dit.PSMP, 2006)
Pic. 7.10
(Dit.PSMP, 2006)
115
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls

How would you write a reply to Wie Chiang if …
a. you are willing to attend the party?
b. you cannot come to the party because of a reason (give your own reason)?
Activity 3
Work in pairs. Write an invitation card to someone you know.
Choose one occasion you like. Make your invitation card as interesting as possible
by decorating it. Display your work on the wall.
Activity 4
Work in pairs. Imagine that you will go out of town for a week. Ask your friend
to do something. Write a list what to do in your message.

For example:
Dear Lisa,
The cat needs to be fed twice a day: at 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
Thanks.
Activity 5
You are going to be back late.
Write notes to your family members.
Tell them what you want them to do before you get
back.
Use ideas of your own or some of the jobs below.
Things to do!
• the bathroom - clean
• the dishes- wash
• Clothes - iron
• the bedrooms - tidy
• dinner - prepare
Homework
1. In pairs make dialogues on how to:
a. make a telephone call,
b. invite someone, and
c. how to request someone to do something.
Then record your dialogues on a tape. Submit the tape to your teacher.
116
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

2. Write an invitation card for your friends. The occasion is housewarming
party.
3. Write a message to your roommate. Tell her that you need to go back to your
hometown for your sister’s wedding. You need her help to water the plant and
feed the fsh.
Summary
In this unit you have learned several ways to do the following: how to make a
telephone call, how to request, how to invite, how to write invitation cards and how
to write messages. Each of these ways has particular characteristics that we must
practice.
To make a telephone call, you must have opening expressions. For example,
you can say: ‘good morning’, ‘hello’, ‘hi there’, etc. Here you must consider degree of
politeness. To close a telephone call, you can use one of the following: ‘bye’, ‘good bye’,
‘bye. Thanks for calling, etc.
To request someone to do something on the phone, you can use several
expressions like ‘Could/can/may I speak to …, please’. Or, we can also use the
expressions ‘do you mind if …’, ‘would you mind if … .‘
To invite someone to a party or an occasion, we must not forget the place,
time, date. Also, mention for what occasion you are inviting somebody. Finally, write
messages to someone, you may use passive sentences.
Evaluation
a. Read the note and answer these questions.
Hi Ridho,
Hope you had a good day at work!
Gone to supermarket to get something for diner. Back at 6.
Love,
Fiona

1. Who is it for?
2. Who wrote it?
3. Where did she go?
4. When will she be back?
....................................................
....................................................
.....................................................
.....................................................
b. Look at the following situations and complete each question to make it polite.
1. After borrowing a book, you want to have your student card back.
Can I have my student card back ..................................................................?
2. You want to borrow your friend’s camera.
Do you think ..................................................................................?
3. You didn’t hear what your classmate said. You want her to say it again.
Would you mind .........................................................................?
4. You’ve written a letter in English. You want your teacher to check it.

117
Unit 7 - Making Telephone Calls
Would you mind..........................................................................?
5. You can’t hear what our roommate is saying because of the radio. You want
him to turn it down. Would ............................................................................?
Refections
1. This unit gives me (put tick V):
new experiences.
useful learning experiences.
no useful learning experiences.
useful learning strategy.
no useful learning strategy.
2. The most interesting part in this unit is………..
3. Things that I want to study more are………………
4. Read the statements. Then, give tick (v) to yes, no, some.
Statements very well well little
a. I can make a telephone call.
b. I can make responses to a phone call.
c. I can make requests.
d. I can make responses to requests.
e. I can write an invitation card.
f. I can write messages.
Vocabulary list
Words Parts of Speech Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
appointment noun
[c'p5intmcntj
Janji, perjanjian
barbeque noun
['bo:bikju:j
Pesta di luar rumah dengan
memanggang daging
cordially adverb
['k5:oicIij
Dengan hangat
encyclopedia noun
[insaikIc'pi:oicj
Buku referensi tentang ilmu
pengetahuan yang disusun
berdasarkan alfabet
food chain noun
['Ioo'tjcinj
Rantai makanan
journal noun
['o¸c:nIj
Terbitan berkala
mashed potato noun
['mæjopc'tcitcozj
Kentang rebus dilumatkan
dengan susu dan mentega dan
disajikan hangat
message noun
['mcsio¸j
pesan
prohibited adjective
[prc'hibitioj
dilarang
supper noun
['s\pcj
makan malam
118
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
SNAKES AND LADDERS. Work in groups of four. Each person places a chip on START.
Throw a dice to move the chip. Read the question and answer or follow the instructions. If a
chip lands on the bottom of a ladder, move up to the top of that ladder. If a chip lands on a
snake’s head, move down to the tail. The frst person to reach the GOAL is the winner.

Fun
Page
Pic. 7.11 (Dit. PSMP, 2006)
119
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
UNIT 8
It happend like this...
In this unit, you will learn to:
Θ comprehend oral recount texts,
Θ present oral recount texts accurately,
Θ read and understand written recount texts, and
Θ create written recount texts.
.
(Recount)
Pic 8.1(www.shadowsys.com)
120
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section One:
Spoken Recount
Presentation
Activity 1
Discuss these questions with a partner.
1. Do you have an unforgettable experience?
2. Do you tell your experience to a friend?
3. What do you say to start telling your experience?
4. Do you tell the events step by step?
5. Do you add your comment to your experience?
Activity 2
Act out the following presentation to a friend.
Hi, every body. Let me tell you something. Last night I
went to my neighbour’s wedding party with my family. You
know, it was the wedding party of my dad’s boss’ son.
Well, in the party I had rawon and sate madura. It’s really
nice to have them in a traditional wedding like this one. Then I
had, you know what, some dawet ayu. After that, I sang for the
happy couple.
At about 09.15 we went home. We arrived home rather
late. I felt really very happy.
Activity 3
Listen again to your friend’s presentation and then answer the following
questions.
1. What did the speaker do last night?
2. Whose birthday was it?
3. Whatdidthespeakerhavefordinnerfrst?
4. What did the speaker have for dinner next?
5. When did the speaker go home?
6. How did the speaker feel?

121
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
Activity 4
Write the past simple tense of the verbs below and read aloud.

arrive arrived
dance
play
believe
stay
like
enjoy
travel
study
look

Activity 5
Complete the sentences in the past simple. Use a verb from the box below.
graduate learn change try
die end live wander
walk receive


1. My brother was at Malang State University, studying English; he ... last year.
2. The second World War ... in 1939, and ... six years later in 1945.
3. One year after Marie Curie ..., her daughter ... a Nobel Prize.
4. In remote places people ... a long way to the market to sell their harvest.
5. In school, the young Edison’s mind often ... and his teacher, the Reverend
Engle, was overheard calling him “addled.”
6. I ... Jav=anese alphabets when I was in primary school, but I don’t remember
very much now.
7. I ... to phone you last night, but there was no answer.
8. Forpracticalityandeffciency,farmers...theirwayofharvestingpaddiesby
then using a sickle.
9. Once there ... a young handsome boy called Jayaprana and a beautiful girl
named Layonsari in Bali.

Activity 6
Read the explanation below.
The Simple past: questions and negatives
122
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
We make questions and negatives with did and didn’t.
Example:
Did you get up early yesterday? Yes, I did.
Did Tina get up early yesterday? No, she didn’t.
We didn’t watch football match last week.
They didn’t watch football match last week.
Simple Past Question
Did + Subject + base form + … ?
Simple Past Negative
Subject + didn’t + base form + …
Activity 7
With a partner, try to ask questions and answer based on the pictures below. Do
as the examples.
Examples:

Ani : Did Tina get up late yesterday?
Betty : Yes, she did. She got up at seven.

Amin : Did she go to school?
Budi : No, she didn’t. She stayed at home.

_____________________________________
_________ _____________________________________
get up at 7.00
_ _____________________________________
_____________________________________
have breakfast

didn’t
or
did not
123
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...


_____________________________________
_____________________________________
wash the dishes
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
wash her clothes

_____________________________________
_____________________________ _______
watch TV
______________________________________
______________________________________
stay at home
Practice
Activity 1
Complete the sentences with the past forms of the verbs in brackets. Then take
turns to tell each story to your partner orally.
Edison (turn) into a telegraph operator after he (save)
three-year-old Jimmie MacKenzie from being struck by a
runaway train. Jimmie’s father, station agent J.U. MacKenzie
of Mount Clemens, Michigan, was so grateful that he (train)
Edisonasatelegraphoperator.Edison’sfrsttelegraphyjob
away from Port Huron was at Stratford Junction, Ontario,
on the Grand Trunk Railway. In 1866, at the age of 19,
Thomas Edison (move) to Louisville, Kentucky. There as
an employee of Western Union, he (work) the Associated
Press bureau news wire. Edison (request) the night shift at
work. This (allow) him plenty of time to spend at his two
Pic.8.3
(http://en.wikipedia.org)
Pic.8.2 (Di.PSMP,2006)
124
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
favorite pastimes -- reading and experimenting. Eventually, the latter pre-occupation
cost him his job. One night in 1867, he was working with a battery when he (spill)
sulphuricacidontothefoor.Itranbetweenthefoorboardsandontohisboss’desk
below.Thenextmorninghewasfred.
(source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_Edison#Early_life)
Activity 2
Change the verb between brackets into the past form. Then tell it to your
classmate.
Hi, every body. Let me tell you something. Yesterday Year 8 students (go) to a
swimming competition at Banyubiru swimming pool.
The frst race I (enter) wasthe freestyle. I (win) the third place and (get) a blue
ribbon.Thenextrace(be)backstroke.I(come)ffth.
Later on my friend (swim) in the butterfy race and (win). After lunch, we
(compete) in the relays. Year 8 students (cheer) so hard for our team.
Finally, my mum (arrive) to take me home. I was very tired but very happy.
Activity 3
The sentences below have been made jumbled. However, originally they make up
a story. Rearrange these sentences to reconstruct the story.
As it rained for two hours, they could not have anything to do.
She went with her mum, dad, and her brother.
Thenherdadgrilledsomefsh.
She says it is her worst experience during her holiday.
Last semester Rohana spent her holiday on Pasir Putih beaches.
They went by bus from Probolinggo to Pasir Putih.
Immediatelytheyrantofndasheltertoescapefromtherain.
Rohana and her brother spread out their big blanket and also folding chairs.
125
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
When they got to the beach, they picked up a place to sit.
Suddenly, it rained very hard.
Production
Activity 1
Get ready to tell your own experience to your friend. Remember that you should
do the following:


You could choose anyone of the following:
¤.Tellaboutacaraccidentyouwitnessed.
¤.Tellaboutsomethingthathappenedtoyourpet.
¤.Tellaboutyourholiday.
¤.TellwhathappenedinthelastepisodeofyourfavouriteTVserial.
¤.Tellaboutaspecialday.
Choose a story of your own.

1. Begin your story by telling:
a. when and where it happened
b. who the character was/were
2. Then, tell the happenings
in order they happened,
3. Finally, end your story with
an ending.
126
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Section 2:
Written Recount
Presentation
Activity 1
Work in pairs and discuss these questions.
1. Have you ever gone on a study tour?
2. What places did you visit during your
study tour?
3. Did you tell your experience to
your Dad or Mum?
4. Did you also keep what you experienced
in a diary?
5. Did you write a postcard to your friends?
6. Did your teacher ask you to
write a recount or story after the trip?
Activity 2
Read Nida’s school trip to the Botanic Gardens for the school magazine below.
ATourtotheBotanicGardens
byNida
On Thursday 24 April, Year Eight students went to the Botanic Gardens.
We walked down and got into the bus.
After we arrived at the gardens, we walked down to the Education
Centre. We went to have a look around. First we went to the Orchid Farm and
Mrs. Rita read us some of the information. Then we looked at all the lovely
plants. After that we went down to a little spot in the Botanic Gardens and had
morning tea.
Next we took some pictures and then we went back to the Education
Centre to have lunch. After that we went for a walk.
A lady took us around and introduced herself, then she explained what
we were going to do. Next she took us in to the green house. It was most
interesting.
Soonafterwehadfnishedwewentbackoutside.Finallywegotintothe
bus and returned to school. We were tired but happy.
Pic.8.4 (Di.PSMP,2006)
127
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
Activity 3
Answer these questions.
1. What is the text about?
2. ‘We’ in the text above refer to _______________________________
3. Did Nida tell what Year Eight students do?
4. When did they do it? Where?
5. Whatwasthefrstthingtheydidwhentheyarrived?
6. What did they do next?
7. Who do you think Mrs. Rita was?
8. What did she do?
9. Where did Year Eight go next?
10. How did they return to school?
Activity 4
Read and answer the following questions.
At the beginning of Nida’s story, we fnd out who the characters are, where the
events took place and when it happened.
With your highlighter marked the answer to these questions.
1. Who took part in the tour to Botanic Gardens?
2. When did it take place?
3. Where did it take place?
Activity 5
Nida wrote the event of the day in the order they happened.
Check her story again. Then number these events in their correct order.
We walked down and got into the bus.
We had morning tea
We walked down to the Education Centre
We took some pictures
We went to the Orchid Farm
She took us to the green house
We went down to a little spot in the Botanic
Gardens
We went back to the Education Centre to have
lunch
A lady took us around and introduced herself,
then she explained what we were going to do
we got into the bus and returned to school.


128
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 6
Find the following words in Nida’s story and highligth them in different colour.
These special words are called time signals.
After …………..................................
First ……………................................
Then …………………………............
After that …………………………...
Then………………………….............
Next ......................................................
Finally ..................................................
Activity 7
Change these verbs from the present tense to the past tense as it is used in the
text.
present past
go
walk
get
arrive
read
look at
have
take
introduce
explain
fnish
return

Activity 8
Rewrite the following text. Put in capital letters to begin each sentence and full
stops to show where each sentence ends in the.
on thursday 24 april we went to the botanic gardens we walked down
and boarded the bus after we arrived at the gardens we walked down to the
educationcentreyearsevenwenttohavealookaroundfrstwewenttothe
orchid farm and mrs rita read us some of the information then we looked at
all the lovely plants after that we went down to a little spot in the botanic
gardens and had morning tea
129
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________

Practice
Activity 1
Write the answers to the questions under each picture.
Picture 1

1. Who were the characters?
2. Where were they?
3. What did they do?
4. When did they do that?
Picture 2
5. What did the girl do?
6. What did the cat do?
Picture 3
7. What did they do?
8. How did they feel?
Pic.8.5 (Di.PSMP,2006)
Pic.8.6 (Di.PSMP,2006)
Pic.8.7 (Di.PSMP,2006)
130
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Activity 2
Copy your answers above into the following format.
________________________
(Title)
who, where, when
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________

Series of events (events in the order they happened)
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________

what happened in the end
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Production
Activity 1
Now it’s time for you to write your own recount. Feel free to ask your teacher for
help. Follow the steps as when you did above.
When you have chosen a topic of your interest, use the Recount Plan above to write
your recount.
To write your own recount, you could:
¤.WriteforawallmagazinetellingaboutyourtriptotheBorobudur.
¤.Writeapostcardtoyourgrandmothertellingheraboutyourholiday.
¤.TellyourfriendswhathappenedinthelastepisodeofyourfavouriteTVserials.
¤.Writetoyourpen-friendtellingaboutthelastIndependentDayFestival.
¤.Writeaboutsomethingthathappenedatyourschool.
Choose a story of your own.
131
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
Whenyouhavefnishedyourdraft,discussitwithyourfriendstohavetheircomments.
This helps you revise your writing. Then, display your writing on the classroom wall.
Activity 2
Revise your text. After you have fnished, read the checklist below. If you can
answer ‘yes’ to the question, put a tick (V) at the end of that question. If you c an’t,
gobackandfxyourstorythenputatick.

¤
Have you given the information about who, where and
when at the beginning of your recount?
¤ Have you told the events in the order they happened?
¤ Have you used time conjunctions?
¤ Have you used action verbs in the past tense?
¤ Have you added some personal comments?
¤ Have you used full stops at the ends of sentences?
¤ Have you used capital letters for proper nouns?
¤ Have you checked your spelling?


Homework
Write your experience about a study trip to a friend or your relative. Use the
format below.
../../2008
Dear ………,
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Love,
_______________
what
happened in
the end
Series of events
(events in the
order they
happened)
who, where,
when
132
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Summary
Activity 1
To tell a story or to narrate, we can start by giving information about the time,
place, time, characters, and perhaps the situation in the story. Then, in the next
part we can mention a series of activities that occurred in the order. Finally, the
last part comments on the story, and sometimes gives the lesson that is learned
from the story.
The purpose of narrating is to amuse, to entertain or to inform. The form of the verb
used is normally in the Simple Past Tense. Time signals that are relevant with the tense are
also used.
Inasimpleplan,tonarrateortotellastorywecanusethefollowingfowchart:
Summary





Evaluation
Activity 1
Change the verbs between brackets in the following text into the correct form. The
frstonethatisunderlinedhasbeendoneforyou.
Information about when, who,
where
A series of events in order they
happened
Another series of events in order
they happened
comments or lessons
133
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
Last weekend my friends, Dicky, Vinda and Laras and I hiked to
Gunung Penanggungan. We (start) very early on Saturday from our
village, Klandungan, and (reach) Oro-oro Ombo for lunch after we
(hike) for almost 4 hours. We (continue) our hike. We (talk) about many
things along the way to the next stop. Sometimes we (laugh) aloud
when our stories we (exchange) one another (seem) funny. We (reach)
the next stop one hour later. It was a hilltop. The view from this place
(look) very amazing. Then we (walk) off down into the valley and there
we (camp) for one night by the river in Gunung Penanggungan. I had
not been there before. On Sunday we (return) by a small village -- Desa
Pasir Wangi -- to a closest bus station. The climbing out of the valley
was really hard for us but it was worth it. (adapted from Moline, 2000:
145-146)

Activity 2
Read the text in Activity 1 once again. Then, based on the information in the text,
answer the following questions.
1. What does the text deal with?
2. How many people were there in the story going with the writer?
3. What did they do?
4. How many hours did it take them to get to Oro-oro Ombo?
5. Whatdidtheydointhefrststop?
6. Did they have a good time along the way to the next stop?
7. How was the view from the hilltop?
8. Where did they have a camp?
9. How did they probably go home?
10. How did they feel after the hike?
Activity 3
Write an unforgettable experience you have. Make sure that you use the correct
forms of verbs. Also, make sure that you organise your ideas using the pattern
that you have learned in this unit.
Refections
1. Write what you have learned in this unit.
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
134
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
2. Write the activity that you like best in this unit and the reasons why you
like it.
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Vocabulary list
Words
Partsof
Speech
PhoneticTranscription
Indonesian
Equivalent
Stories noun
['st5:rij
Ceritera
Diary noun
['oaicrij
Buku harian
Events noun
[i'vcntj
Kejadian
Holiday noun
['hoIiocij
liburan
Presentation noun
[prczcn'tcijnj
Penjelasan, presentasi
Recount noun
['ri:kaontj
Cerita tentang
pengalaman yang
penulisannya
diurutkan
berdasarkan kejadian
Orientation noun
[5:ricn'tcijnj
Penjelasan awal
tentang siapa, kapan,
dimana
Reorientation noun
[ri5:ricn'tcijnj
Komentar yang
ditulis di akhir cerita.
135
Unit 8 - Its happend like this ...
Fun
Page
Yourteacherhasthesefvequestions.Ifyoucananswerthemcorrectlyintheshortesttime,
you will win a prize.
Did you hear about the blind
carpenter who picked up his
hammer and saw?
What three words do
students frequently say
to answer a teacher’s
question?
If vegetarians eat vegetables,
what do humanitarians eat?
What has a neck,
but no head?
What are two things
people ever eat
before breakfast?
Pic.8.8
(www.coolwebmoms.com)
Pic.8.9
(www.hammermuseum.org)
Pic.8.10
(www.stopmusclepain.com)
Pic.8.11
(www.kapanlagi.com)
Pic.8.12
(www.kirman.wordpress.com)
136
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
137
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
advertisement n
[co'vc:tizmcntj
iklan
alley n
['æIij
gang
allowance n
[c'Iaocnsj
uang saku
altitude n
['æItitju:oj
ketinggian di atas
permukaan air laut
amazing adj.
[c'mcizipj
menakjubkan
appointment n
[c'p5intmcntj
janji, perjanjian
attached adj.
[c'tætjtj
ditempel
audition n
[5:'oijnj
audisi
awarded adj.
[c'w5:oioj
dianugerahi
barbeque n
['bo:bikju:j
pesta diluar rumah
dengan memanggang
daging
begged v
[bcgoj
meminta
brick n
[brikj
batu bata
bushranger n
[boj'rcino¸cj
penguasa hutan
cave n
[kcivj
gua
climate n
['kIaimctj
iklim
commit v
[kc'mitj
melakukan
compliment n
['kompIimcnt]
pujian
concerned adj.
[kcn'sc:noj
khawatir
congratulate v
[kcn'grætjoIcitj
memberi selamat
cordially adv
['k5:oicIj
dengan hangat
crowded adj.
['kraooioj
ramai
day off n
[ocioIj
liburan
Vocabulary List
138
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
deserve v
[oi'zc:vj
berhak
destination n
[ocsti'ncijnj
tujuan
diary n
['oaicrij
buku harian
duty free adj.
['oju:tiIri:j
bebas pajak
encyclopedia n
[insaikIc'pi:oic
buku referensi tentang
ilmupengetahuan yang
engaged adj.
[in'gcio¸oj
terpakai
entertaining adj.
[cntc'tcinipj
bersifat menghibur
escaped v
[i'skciptj
melarikan diri
event n
[i'vcntj
kejadian
evil n
['i:vIj
jahat
exciting adj.
[ik'saitipj
menyenangkan
exclamation n
[ckskIc'mcijnj
Seruan
exercise n
['ckscsaizj
olahraga
experience n
[ik'spi:cricnsj
pengalaman
fabulous adj
['IæbjoIcsj
indah
feed v
[Ii:oj
memberi makan
food chain n
['Ioo'tjcinj
rantai makanan
fun n
[I\nj
kesenangan
furnished house n
['Ic:nijtj[haosj
rumah lengkap perabot
gem n
[o¸cmj
batu permata
gorgeous adj
['g5:o¸csj
luar biasa
foliday n
['hoIiocij
liburan
journal n
['o¸c:nIj
terbitan berkala
139
Vocabulary List
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
landlord n
['IænoI5:oj
tuan tanah
leisure n
['Ic¸cj
santai
marvelous adj
['mo:vcIcsj
indah
mashed potato n
['mæjopc'tcitcozj
kentang rebus dilumat dengan
susu dan mentega disajikan
hangat
message n
['mcsio¸j
Pesan
message n
['mcsio¸j
Pesan
note n
[ncotj
catatan
orientation n
[5:ricn'tcijnj
penjelasan awal tentang siapa,
kapan, dimana
permission n
[pc'mijnj
izin
pleasant adj.
['pIczcntj
menyenangkan
poisoned v
['p5iznoj
meracuni
presentation n
[prczcn'tcijnj
penjelasan, presentasi
prize n
[praizj
hadiah
prohibited adj
[prc'hibitioj
dilarang
reasonable adj.
['ri:zcncbIj
pantas
recommendation n
[rckcmcn'ocijnj
rekomendasi
recount n
['ri:kaontj
cerita tentang pengalaman
yang penulisannya diurutkan
berdasarkan kejadian
regret v
[ri'grctj
menyesal
reorientation n
[ri5:ricn'tcijnj
komentar yang ditulis di akhir
cerita.
request n
[ri'kwcstj
permintaan
revived v
[ri'vaivoj
hidup kembali
scarf n
[sko:Ij
selendang
140
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Words
Parts of
Speech
Phonetic
Transcription
Indonesian Equivalent
scenery n
['si:nrij pcmanoangan
scrambled adj.
['skræmbIoj
acak
sequence n
['si:kwcnsj
urutan
sin n
[sinj
dosa, kesalahan
slave n
[sIcivj
budak
slavery n
['sIcivrij
perbudakan
speak for v
[spi:kI5:j
menjelaskan
stories n
['st5:rij
ceritera
suit n
[su:tj
setelan jas
sunbathe v
['s\nbciðj
berjemur
supper n
['s\pcj
makan malam
tough adj.
[t\Ij
ketat
troop n
[tru:pj
tentara
vast adj.
[vo:stj
luas
wander n
['wonocj
berkeliling
weight n
[wcitj
berat badan
141
Vocabulary List
Glossary
Action verb a word that tells what the subject is doing
Adjective a word that describes or gives more information about a noun or
pronoun
Admiring looking at someone or something with respect
Adverb a word that describes gives more information about a verb
Announcement somethingthatsomeonesaysoffcially
Article there are three articles, a, an, the.
Biography the story of someone’s life
Characters the actors in the story
Complication problems that the characters face.
Complimenting praising
Congratulating giving good wishes on a special occasion or for having done something
Conjunction a joining word
Contraction a shortened form of a word where a letter or letters have been left out
Conversation talk by two people or more
Descriptive a piece of text that is used to describe people, things, or places
Dialogue conversation between two people
Direct speech the exact words that are spoken
Essay piece of writing on a particular subject
Evaluation act of assessing progress
Geyser a hot spring that shoots water into the air
Giving instruction asking someone to do something
Glacier a large body of ice that moves slowly over land
Greenhouse a glass building used for growing plants
Hometown town where you live
Idiom a saying which often has a different meaning to what it says
Irregular verb verb having irregular ending form
Monologue speech by one person
Narrative a kind of story that has problems and solutions
Note a short piece of writing
Noun a word for an animal, person, place or thing
Outdoor activity activity done in the open air
Paragraph a group of sentences that deal with a particular idea
Performance acting out
Phrase a group of words without a verb, ussually introduced with a
preposition
Postcard a card for sending message by post with/without an enevelope; often
with a picture or photograph on one side
Preposition a word that often begins a phrase and links a noun or pronoun to
another word in a sentence
Project work planned by students on their own
Recount a piece of text that is used to retell events for the purpose of informing
or entertaining
Refection thought, on thinking more
Regular verb verb having regular ending form
Requesting asking for something politely
Resolution action that the characteres take to solve the problem
Season’s greeting greeting that can be sent at any time
Situation context
142
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Subtropical referring to cold countries
Summary short description of what has been said, explained, or written
Tense the time when an action happened, e.g. present, past, future
Text structure rhetorical pattern of a text; how a text is organized
Thinking verb a word that tells what you are thinkinh
Time signal a word used to show the order events hapened
Tourism object place for tourists
Verb a doing, being, thinking or having word
Wild animal animal that lives naturally or that is not tame
Glossary
141
GLOSSARY
Action verb a word that tells what the subject is doing
Adjective a word that describes or gives more information about a noun or
pronoun
Admiring looking at someone or something with respect
Adverb a word that describes gives more information about a verb
Announcement somethingthatsomeonesaysoffcially
Article there are three articles, a, an, the.
Biography the story of someone’s life
Characters the actors in the story
Complication problems that the characters face.
Complimenting praising
Congratulating giving good wishes on a special occasion or for having done something
Conjunction a joining word
Contraction a shortened form of a word where a letter or letters have been left out
Conversation talk by two people or more
Descriptive a piece of text that is used to describe people, things, or places
Dialogue conversation between two people
Direct speech the exact words that are spoken
Essay piece of writing on a particular subject
Evaluation act of assessing progress
Geyser a hot spring that shoots water into the air
Giving instruction asking someone to do something
Glacier a large body of ice that moves slowly over land
Greenhouse a glass building used for growing plants
Hometown town where you live
Idiom a saying which often has a different meaning to what it says
Irregular verb verb having irregular ending form
Monologue speech by one person
Narrative a kind of story that has problems and solutions
Note a short piece of writing
Noun a word for an animal, person, place or thing
Outdoor activity activity done in the open air
Paragraph a group of sentences that deal with a particular idea
Performance acting out
Phrase a group of words without a verb, ussually introduced with a
preposition
Postcard a card for sending message by post with/without an enevelope; often
with a picture or photograph on one side
Preposition a word that often begins a phrase and links a noun or pronoun to
another word in a sentence
Project work planned by students on their own
Recount a piece of text that is used to retell events for the purpose of informing
or entertaining
Refection thought, on thinking more
Regular verb verb having regular ending form
Requesting asking for something politely
Resolution action that the characteres take to solve the problem
Season’s greeting greeting that can be sent at any time
Situation context
Subtropical referring to cold countries
Summary short description of what has been said, explained, or written
142
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Tense the time when an action happened, e.g. present, past, future
Text structure rhetorical pattern of a text; how a text is organized
Thinking verb a word that tells what you are thinkinh
Time signal a word used to show the order events hapened
Tourism object place for tourists
Verb a doing, being, thinking or having word
Wild animal animal that lives naturally or that is not tame
Index
143
A
action 33,70,131,143,141,142
advertisements 37,143,xi
agreement 73,73,74,79,85,87,143
Ambarawa 61,143
a pinch of salt 103,143
apostrophes 34,143
asking and giving for information 143
asking for information 1,5,15,143
asking for opinions 37,43,73,143,144
B
biography 27,30,143
biography, 143
Brazil 59,60,65,143
C
characters 85,87,91,92,127,129,132,143,141
commands 40,143
compass rose 60,143
complication 143
complimenting 1,3,4,143
congratulating 1,13,14,143
cultural notes 143
D
descriptive 57,70,143,xii
disagreeing 74,143
disagreement 73,73,74,79,87,143
double feature 143
E
effort 44,143
Egypt 68,143
Egypt, 143
email 111,143
ending 82,85,89,91,125,143,141,xi
evaluation 143
events 3,18,20,29,32,33,34,35,82,120,127,130,131,132,
143,141,142
exclamatory sentences 3,143
experience 14,16,18,19,20,21,24,25,26,34,35,120,124,1
25,126,131,133,143,144,vii,138
expressing facts 37,53,143
F
fabulous 87,143,138
furnished 89,95,143,138
G
geyser 64,144
giving 143,144
giving, 144
giving advice/recommendation 144
giving and asking for opinions 37,43,73,144
giving Instructions 144
glacier 64,144
gorgeous 87,144,138
greenhouse 64,144
H
headache 44,144
hometown 39,44,45,47,62,116,144
I
Iceland 63,64,144
identifcation 65,70,144
imperative 40,144
information organization 32,144
invitation card 109,112,115,116,117,144
J
jealous 86,144
L
language features 144,xiii
leisure time 38,144
lifestyle 40,144
M
magic candle 93,144
master 80,81,82,83,144
messages 11,100,110,111,113,114,116,117,144,146
mind 7,92,102,104,105,116,117,121,144,ix,xv
museum 61,144
N
narrative 79,89,91,92,94,xiv
narratives 144
notes 1,11,15,18,80,82,84,85,91,115,143,144,146
notices 37,50,51,53,54,144,xi
O
open the conversation 99,100,102,103,104,144
orientation 29,32,33,144,145,139
outdoor activities 38,144
P
passive sentences 116,144
past continuous tense 144
past experience 20,144
past tense 29,33,87,91,128,131,145
pets 53,145
physical description 65,70,145
Pisa 69,70,145
polite requests 145
postcards 1,11,15,29,37,52,53,145,xi
Index
144
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
prize 6,7,10,12,14,17,135,145,139
produce 1,37,64,73,78,97,145
R
re-orientation 32,145
recommend 32,72,73,75,76,84,145
recount 19,21,23,25,26,29,34,35,119,126,130,131,145,x,xvi,139
recount plan 145
refection 145
requesting 1,4,5,7,97,103,145
roleplay 145
S
San Francisco 66,67,86,145
script 47,145
season’s greetings 145
setting 29,145
simple past tense 145
Singapore 4,39,65,66,67,145,147,148,149,150
situation 13,72,78,79,80,85,90,132,145
slavery 95,145,140
slaves 80,145
social function 29,35,145
social occasions 3,145
some mixture 145
spelling 34,91,131,145,xv
spoken recount 34,145
statements of facts 43,53,145
stomachache 44,80,145
summary 145
T
task 46,86,145
telephoning 98,101,145
text structure 19,29,32,33,57,145
The Hawaiian Islands 62,145
the simple past 145
The Simple Present Tense 145
time signals 128,145
transitional devices 145
tundra 64,145
V
vocabulary List 146
W
wanderer 93,146
warnings 40,146
warrantly 146
wild animal 146
word bank 5,146
writing invitation cards 146
writing messages 146
writing permission letters/notes 146
References
145
Abbs, Brian & Freebrain, Ingrid. 1993. Blueprint: Upper Intermediate, Students Book.
England: William Clowes Limited, Beccles and London.
Abbs, Brian et al. 2002. Take Off!: Student Book 2. England: Pearson Education
Limited.
Adams, Carl R. & Toyama, Setsuko, J. 2002. Journeys: Listening and Speaking 1.Singapore:
Prentice Hall Asia ELT.
Alexander, L.G. 1990. Practice and Progress; an Intermediate Course for Pre-Intermediate
Students . England: Longman Group U.K. Limited.
Anderson, David P. 2000. Journeys: Listening and Speaking 3. Singapore: Pearson Education
Asia Pte Ltd.
Azar, Betty Schrampfer. 1992. Fundamentals of English Grammar (second edition). New
Jersey: Regents/Prentice Hall.
Broughton, Geoffrey. 1969. Success with the Penguin Course: Coursebook 2. England:
Penguin Books.
Broyles, Sherryl D., et al. 1987. Laidlaw English. Teacher’s Edition. K. USA: Laidlaw
Brothers Publishers.
Cassidy, J., et al. 1987. Turn a Corner. New York: Scribner’s Educational Publishers.
Constinett, Sandra and Byrd, Donald R.H. 1987. Spectrum™ 2; A Communicative Course
in English. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents, Englewood Cliffs.
Constinett, Sandra and Byrd, Donald R.H. 1987. Spectrum™ 4: A Communicative Course
in English. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents, Englewood Cliffs.
Constinett, Sandra and Byrd, Donald R.H. 1987. Spectrum™ 5: A Communicative Course
in English. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents, Englewood Cliffs.
Constinett, Sandra and Byrd, Donald R.H. 1987. Spectrum™ 6: A Communicative Course
in English. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents, Englewood Cliffs.
Dawson, Mildred A. 1984. Your English Handbook. USA: Coronado Publishers, Inc.
Derewianka, Beverly. 1990. Exploring How Texts Work. Rozelle: Primary Teaching English
Association.
Fesler, Susan H. and Newman, Christy M. 2003. Taking Off: Beginning English. New York:
McGraw Hill.
Gershon, Steven & Mares, Chris. 2000. Sound Bytes 1: Listening for Today’s World.
Singapore: Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd.
References
146
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Graham, Carolyn. 1978. Jazz Chants®. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hadfeld, Jill. 1996. Elementary Communication Games. England: Addison Wesley
Longman Ltd.
Hagen, Stacy A. 2000. Journeys: Writing 1. Singapore: Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd.
Hill, L.A. 1982. Introductory Stories for Reproduction 2 (East Asia edition). Tokyo: Oxford
University Press K.K.
Hill, L.A. 1983. Elementary Comprehension Pieces. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hoong, Tho Lai, and Leng, Ho Peck. 2002. Interactive Science 2. Singapore: SNP Panpac
Pte. Ltd.
Hynes, Maureen and Baichman, Miriam. 1991. Breaking The Ice. England: Longman
Group UK Limited.
Kern, Richard. 2000. Literacy and Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Literary & Education Research Network. 1991. A Genre-Based Approach to Teaching
Writing in Years 3-6; Book 1: An Introduction Genre-Based Writing. New South
Wales: Common Ground.
Littlejohn, Andrew. 1991. Writing 1. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Littlejohn, Andrew. 1991. Writing 2. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Lucantoni, Peter; Cox, Marian & Glover, Bob. 2002. IGCSE: English as a Second Language.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Madya, Suwarsih & Djunaedi. 2001. English 2: For the Second Year Junior Secondary
School. Jakarta: PT. Bumi Aksara.
McClintock, John and Stern, Brje. 1980. Let’s Listen: Teachers’ Book. London: Heinemann
Educational Books Ltd.
McLean, Alan C. 1981. Start Listening: study guide (including workbook). Essex: Longman
Group Limited.
Moline, S. 2002. Grammar, Usage and Style. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Mellgren, Lars and Walker, Michael. 1980. New Horizons in English 3 (Second Edition).
United States of America: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc.

Mellgren, Lars and Walker, Michael. 1980. New Horizons in English 5 (Second Edition).
United States of America: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc.

References
147
Molinsky, Steven J. & Bliss, Bill. 2001. Side by Side: Book 1 (Third Edition). Longman:
Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
Molinsky, Steven J. & Bliss, Bill. 2002. Side by Side: Book 2 (Third Edition). Longman:
Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
Molinsky, Steven J. & Bliss, Bill. 2002. Side by Side: Book 3 (Third Edition). Longman:
Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
Molinsky, Steven J. & Bliss, Bill. 2002. Side by Side: Book 4 (Third Edition). Longman:
Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
Mukarto. et. al. 2004. English on Sky: SMP Book 1. Jakarta: Penerbit Erlangga.
Newsome, Julia & Rollason, Jane. 2001. Quiz Time 1. England: Pearson Education
Limited.
Newsome, Julia & Rollason, Jane. 2001. Quiz Time 3. England: Pearson Education
Limited.
Newsome, Julia & Rollason, Jane. 2001. Quiz Time 4. England: Pearson Education
Limited.
O’Brien, Harry & Purcell, Greg. 1998. Homework Contracts (Book 5). Perth: Horwitz
Martin
Ockenden, Michael. 1978. Situational Dialogues. Longman: Longman.
Pavlik, Cheryl. 2004. Grammar Sense 2. New York: Oxford University Press.
Rachmajanti, S. and Sulistyo, G.H. 2007. Theretical Insights on English Instruction for
SMP/SMA. Malang: English Department, State University of Malang.
Richards, J.C. and Long M.N. 1987. Breakthrough 2: A Course in English Communication
Practice (new edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Richards, Jack C. et. al. 1991. Interchange: English for International Communication:
Student’s book 1. New York: The Press Syndicate of The University of
Cambridge.
Richards, Jack C. et. al. 1991. Interchange: English for International Communication:
Student’s book 2. New York: The Press Syndicate of The University of
Cambridge.
Root, Betty. 1982. Purnell’s Illustrated Children’s Dictionary. London: Macdonald & Co.
Ltd.
Sauber-Sellen, Joanne. 1997. Journeys: Grammar 1. Singapore: Simon & Schuster (Asia)
Pte Ltd.
148
Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII
Sauber-Sellen, Joanne. 1998. Journeys: Grammar 2. Singapore: Prentice Hall ELT.
Silver, Rita. 2001. Journeys: Writing 3. Hongkong: Pearson Education North Asia
Limited.
Swan, Michael and Walter, C. 1990. The New Cambridge English Course. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Tillett, Bruce and Bruder, M.N. 1985. Speaking Naturally. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Tsukamoto, Cynthia McKeag and Luzerne-Oi, Sally La. 1993. Tell Me About It!.
Massachusetts: Heinle & Heinle Publishers.
Wactyn-Jones, Peter. 2001. Vocabulary 1: Games and Activities (New Edition). England:
Pearson Education Limited.
Watcyn-Jones, Peter & Allsop, Jake. 2001. Test Your Prepositions. England: Pearson
Education Limited.
Watcyn-Jones, Peter. 1990. Test Your Vocabulary 1. Indonesia: Penerbit Gelatik.
……. Stories to Treasure. England: Peter Haddock Limited.

Hak Cipta pada Departemen Pendidikan Nasional Dilindungi Undang-undang

Penulis

Ilustrasi, Tata Letak Perancang Kulit

: Utami Widiati Gunadi H. Sulistyo Nunung Suryati Slamet Setiawan : Direktorat Pembinaan SMP : Direktorat Pembinaan SMP

Pratiwi Ratnaningsih Mirjam Anugerahwati Oikurema Purwanti

Buku ini dikembangkan Direktorat Pembinaan SMP

Ukuran Buku 420.07 CON

: 21 x 30 cm

Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris: Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Tsanawiyah Kelas VIII Edisi 4/Utami Widiati, …[et. al.].--Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan, Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, 2008. Xvi, 148 hlm.: ilus.; 30 cm. Bibliografi: hlm. 145-148 Indeks. ISBN 1. Bahasa Inggris –Studi dan Pengajaran I. Judul
II. Sulistyo, Gunadi H VI. Ratnaningsih, Pratiwi VIII. Purwanti, Oikurema III. Suryati, Nunung IV.Setiawan, Slamet VII. Anugerahwati, Mirjan

Diterbitkan oleh Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional Tahun 2008

KATA SAMBUTAN
Salah satu upaya untuk melengkapi sumber belajar yang relevan dan bermakna guna meningkatkan mutu pendidikan di Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP), Direktorat Pembinaan SMP mengembangkan buku pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk siswa kelas VII, kelas VIII, dan kelas IX. Buku pelajaran ini disusun berdasarkan Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional No. 22 Tahun 2006 Tentang Standar Isi, No. 23 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Kompetensi Lulusan, dan berdasarkan kriteria buku pelajaran yang dikembangkan oleh Badan Standar Nasional Pendidikan. Buku pelajaran ini merupakan penyempurnaan dari bahan ajar kontekstual yang telah dikembangkan Direktorat Pembinaan SMP dalam kaitannya dengan kegiatan proyek peningkatan mutu SMP. Bahan ajar tersebut telah diujicobakan ke sejumlah SMP di provinsi Kalimantan Selatan, Kalimantan Timur, Sulawesi Tengah, Sulawesi Tenggara, Sulawesi Utara, dan Gorontalo sejak tahun 2001. Penyempurnaan bahan ajar menjadi buku pelajaran yang bernuansa pendekatan kontekstual dilakukan oleh para pakar dari beberapa perguruan tinggi, guru, dan instruktur yang berpengalaman di bidangnya. Validasi oleh para pakar dan praktisi serta uji coba empiris ke siswa SMP telah dilakukan guna meningkatkan kesesuaian dan keterbacaan buku pelajaran ini. Buku pelajaran Bahasa Inggris ini telah dinilai oleh Badan Standar Nasional Pendidikan, dan dinyatakan memenuhi syarat untuk digunakan sebagai buku pelajaran di SMP. Sekolah diharapkan dapat menggunakan buku pelajaran ini dengan sebaik-baiknya sehingga dapat meningkatkan efektivitas dan kebermaknaan pembelajaran. Pada akhirnya, para siswa diharapkan dapat menguasai semua Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar secara lebih mendalam, luas serta bermakna, kemudian dapat mengaplikasikannya dalam kehidupan sehari-hari. Saran perbaikan untuk penyempurnaan buku pelajaran ini sangat diharapkan. Terimakasih setulus-tulusnya disampaikan kepada para penulis yang telah berkontribusi dalam penyusunan buku pelajaran ini, baik pada saat awal pengembangan bahan ajar, ujicoba terbatas, maupun penyempurnaan sehingga dapat tersusunnya buku pelajaran ini. Terimakasih dan penghargaan juga disampaikan kepada semua pihak yang telah membantu terwujudnya penerbitan buku pelajaran ini.

Jakarta,

Juli 2008

Direktur Pembinaan SMP

iv .

Untuk unit-unit ganjil. practice. evaluation. dan Section Two berbentuk Written Genre. sedangkan fokus dari section two adalah melatih siswa untuk menggunakan Bahasa Inggris secara tulis. Section One terdiri atas Spoken Genre. Dalam penyajian setiap unit di kelas. guru diharapkan untuk berkreasi mengembangkan materi yang ada. Buku ini terdiri atas 8 unit dengan rincian seperti berikut: Unit 1: Congratulations! Unit 2: Tell Me Your Expereience (Recount) Unit 3: What do You Do for Fun? Unit 4: Let’s Go Somewhere (Descriptive) Unit 5: What do You Think? Unit 6: Once upon a Time Unit 7: Making Telephone Calls Unit 8: It Happened Like This (Recount) Unit-unit ganjil mewadahi transactional. Section One memuat teks transaksional dan interpersonal. interpersonal. Pendahuluan Bahan Pembelajaran Kontekstual Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris (Buku Siswa Kelas VIII) ini disusun berdasarkan Standar Isi (SI) Bahasa Inggris 2006 untuk membantu pengembangan kompetensi komunikatif siswa SMP/MTs Kelas VIII. Kompetensi komunikatif tersebut diwujudkan lewat penguasaan empat keterampilan berbahasa (listening. guru sudah mulai memberikan kebebasan kepada siswa untuk menggunakan bahasa yang sedang dipelajari dalam unit tersebut. Untuk tahapan production. sedangkan unit-unit genap menyajikan genres seperti yang diamanatkan oleh Standar Isi Kelas VIII. Untuk tahapan practice guru sudah mengurangi perannya. short functional texts dan genres. Integrasi tersebut diimplementasikan dalam bentuk pengembangan unit berdasarkan jenis teks. v . sedangkan Section Two memuat short functional texts. Untuk unit-unit genap. dan short functional texts. pada akhir buku diberikan glossary untuk menjelaskan beberapa konsep yang dianggap penting dalam buku Kelas VIII ini. guru masih memegang kontrol atas kegiatan pembelajaran. Setiap unit terbagi menjadi dua section. sedangkan siswa diharapkan sudah mulai terlibat dalam kegiatan komunikatif. Selanjutnya. Fokus dari Section One adalah melatih siswa untuk menggunakan Bahasa Inggris secara lisan. yaitu transaksional. masing-masing section disajikan dengan urutan presentation. dan production. speaking. Pada bagian penyudah setiap unit disajikan summary. Di samping itu. Dalam tahapan presentation. dan reflection. Vocabulary List diharapkan dapat membantu mengembangkan kosakata siswa secara bertahap. reading dan writing) yang dikembangkan secara integratif. interpersonal.

Tim Penyusun vi . Akhirnya kami berharap agar bahan ajar ini dapat digunakan dalam membantu siswa untuk mulai mengembangkan kemampuan berkomunikasi dalam Bahasa Inggris baik secara lisan maupun tertulis.

Daftar Isi
Kata Pengantar .................................................................................................... Pendahuluan ......................................................................................................... Daftar Isi ............................................................................................................... Peta Kompetensi .................................................................................................. . Unit 1: Congratulations! ..................................................................................... Unit 2: Tell me your experience! (Recount) ...................................................... Unit 3: What do you do for fun? ....................................................................... Unit 4: Let’s go somewhere (Descriptive) ......................................................... Unit 5: What do you think? ............................................................................... Unit 6: Once Upon a Time (Narrative) ............................................................... Unit 7: Making Telephone Calls ....................................................................... Unit 8: It Happened Like This (Recount) ........................................................... Vocabulary list ...................................................................................................... Glossary ................................................................................................................. Index ..................................................................................................................... References .............................................................................................................

Halaman

iii v

vii ix 1 19 37 57 73 89 97 119 137 141 143 145

vii

Peta Kompetensi
UNIT 1
KD Tindak bahasa
Mendengarkan

Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural
Ungkapan2 yang sopan - Small talk - Etika memberi pujian - Etika memberi ucapan selamat - Etika meminta/ memberi jasa - Etika meminta/ memberi informasi

Pembentu- Strategi kan wacana
-Turn-taking -Gambits yang sesuai dengan ungkapan - memuji - memberi selamat - meminta, memberi, menolak jasa - meminta dan memberi informasi - memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara -

Merespon dan mengungkapkan makna dalam teks transaksiona/ interpersonal • Memberi dan menerima pujian • Memberi dan menerima ucapan selamat • Meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa • Meminta dan memberi informasi Merespon dan mengungkapkan makna dalam teks fungsional pendek • Pesan pendek • Kartu pos

- Noun phrases - Exclamatory - menerima pujian Sentences - menerima - Modals can, ucapan selamat could, may - meminta jasa - The use of - memberi jasa ‘mind’ - menolak jasa - Kosakata - meminta berhubungan informasi dengan -memberi memberi informasi pujian - memberi - Kosakata perhatian berhubungan terhadap dengan pembicara memberi selamat Berbicara - Kosakata - memberi pujian berhubungan - memberi selamat dengan - meminta jasa meminta, - memberi jasa memberi, - menolak jasa menolak jasa - meminta - Kosakata informasi berhubungan -memberi dengan informasi meminta dan - memberi memberi perhatian informasi terhadap - Pronunciapembicara tion & Spelling Membaca - membaca pesan pendek - membaca kartu pos (tentang ucapan selamat, pengalaman, dll.) Menulis - menulis pesan pendek - menulis kartu pos (tentang ucapan selamat, pengalaman, dll.)

ix

UNIT 2
KD Tindak bahasa Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural Pembentu- Strategi kan wacana
- menggunakan kamus

Merespon dan mengung-kapkan makna dalam teks lisan dan tulis berbentuk recount

- Simple Past Tense - Past continous tense - Kosa kata berhubungan dengan traveling, holiday atau Berbicara - Melakukan monolog vacation - Kosa kata teks dalam bentuk berhubungan recount dengan kegiatan di waktu lampau Membaca - Kata penghubung - Mengidentifikasi main ideas - Mengidentifikasi supporting details - Mengidentifikasi informasi factual - Makna kata, frasa, dan kalimat - Mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika di dalam wacana recount - Membaca nyaring (story telling) wacana ragam tulis dengan ucapan dan intonasi yang enunjang pemahaman pendengaran jenis teks recount Mendengarkan - Mengidentifikasi makna ideasional wacana monolog recount Menulis - Menghasilkan teks tulis bentuk recount

Generic structure Let me tell of recount you about… ……. Well, …….. Er …… Ehm ………. First, ……….. Then, ………. After that ………. Finally, ……… That’s all. - Langkahlangkah retorika recount (generic structure)

x

makanan.g: .mengevaluasi pernyataan .Simple Present Tense . body.Take the pills .Menulis notices Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural .Small talk . atau benda .Carry your umbrella! .menyatakan pendapat tentang tempat.Menulis advertisements .mendengarkan pendapat tentang tempat.Gambits yang sesuai dengan ungkapan . ending .Etika memberi dan meminta pendapat .mendeskripsikan tempat.How’s ….mendengarkan pernyataan fakta . atau benda .Ungkapanungkapan yang sopan .mendengarkan instruksi Berbicara .Membaca postcards . atau benda .Membaca advertisements .mendengarkan deskripsi tempat.Etika memberi petunjuk/instruksi Pembentu.Strategi kan wacana .Membaca notices Menulis . makanan.Menulis postcards .Etika mengakui dan mengingkari fakta . e. atau benda . makanan. Imperative forms. makanan.mengungkapkan pernyataan fakta .? .UNIT 3 KD Tindak bahasa Merespon dan mengungkapkan makna dalam teks transaksional/ interpersonal • Memberi dan menerima pendapat • Menyata-kan fakta • Memberi dan menerima instruksi Merespon dan mengungkapkan makna dalam teks fungsional pendek • Advertisements • Postcards • Notices Mendengarkan .It’s a …… place.salutations.What’s …like? .memberi instruksi Membaca .Meminta klarifikasi Menggunakan kamus xi .Adjectives and Adverbs .mengevaluasi pernyataan .

Menghasilkan teks tulis bentuk descriptive xii .Frequent use of Ephitets and Classifiers in nominal groups.mengguspecific nakan participants.Kosa kata teks dalam bentuk berhubungan descriptive dengan rekreasi Membaca .UNIT 4 KD Tindak bahasa Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural -Generic structure of descriptive -Deskripsi musim di negara-negara subtropis Pembentu.Mengidentifikasi main ideas .Makna kata.Mengidentifikasi supporting details .Mengidentifikasi informasi factual .Imperatives . frasa.Melakukan monolog . dan kalimat .Use of Attributive and Identifying Processes.Simple Present Tense .Mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika di dalam wacana descriptive .Kosa kata berhubungan Berbicara dengan vacation .Membaca nyaring (story telling) wacana ragam tulis dengan ucapan dan intonasi yang enunjang pemahaman pendengaran jenis teks descriptive Menulis .Mengidentifikasi makna ideasional wacana monolog descriptive .Focus on .Adjective . kamus . .Strategi kan wacana . Use of simple present tense Merespon dan mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan dan tulis berbentuk descriptive Mendengarkan .

holiday atau vacation · Kosa kata berhubungan dengan kegiatan di waktu lampau • Ungkapanungkapan yang sopan • Small talk • Etika menanyakan dan memberi informasi • Etika meminta persetujuan • Etika menolak persetujuan • Etika memberi rekomendasi Pembentu. memberi • Meminta dan menolak dan memberi memberi informasi/ informasi pendapat • Menyatakan • menjelaskan persetujuan dan • menganjurkan tidak setuju • merespon • Memberi saran pernyataan Berbicara • meminta pendapat • memberi pendapat • menolak memberi pendapat • menjelaskan • memberi informasi kejadian • menganjurkan • meminta persetujuan Membaca • Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideational) pada teks pendek: permission letter dan kartu undangan • Mengidentifikasi generic structure dan language features teks pendek: permission letter dan kartu undangan Menulis • Menulis teks pendek: teks pendek: permission letter dan kartu undangan Tindak bahasa Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural · Simple Past Tense · Past continous tense · Kosa kata berhubungan dengan traveling.UNIT 5 KD Transactional/ Mendengarkan Interpersonal • Meminta. • I agree • I’m all for it • I disagree •M i n t a informasi • Memberi informasi • Memberi persetu juan •T i d a k setuju • Memberi anjuran · Kata penghubung xiii . • Finally • That’s all.Strategi kan wacana • Really? • Then • After that.

UNIT 6
KD Tindak bahasa Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural Pembentu- Strategi kan wacana
Pertanyaan penyeru dan retorika ‘What a lovely blouse’; ‘What … happened - Kata penyangat ‘Really’; ‘No kidding’ - Penggunaan

Merespon dan Mendengarkan mengung-kapkan •Mengidentifikasi makna dalam teks makna ideasuional lisan dan tulis wacana monolog berbentuk narrative narrative Berbicara •Melakukan monolog teks dalam bentuk narrative Membaca •Mengidentifikasi main ideas •Mengidentifikasi supporting details •Mengidentifikasi informasi factual •Makna kata, frasa, dan kalimat •Mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika di dalam wacana narrative •Membaca nyaring (story telling) wacana ragam tulis dengan ucapan dan intonasi yang enunjang pemahaman pendengaran jenis teks narrative Menulis •Menghasilkan teks bentuk narrative

xiv

UNIT 7
KD Tindak bahasa
Mendengarkan • Menolak/ • memberi, meminta jasa/barang • menolak/menerima tawaran • menolak/menerima undangan Berbicara • Menolak/ • memberi, meminta jasa/barang • menolak/menerima tawaran • menolak/menerima undangan • menawarkan sesuatu • membuka percakapan tlepon • melakukan transaksi tujuan menelpon • menutup percakapan telepon Membaca • Mengidentifikasi tujuan short functional text (teks pendek) seperti memo, undangan sederhana, dsb. • Memahami makna teks-teks pendek Menulis • Menulis surat pribadi, memo, undangan sederhana

Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural
• Modal can, could, would, may • Kata mind diikuti V-ing • Kosa kata berhubungan dengan telepon • Kosa kata berhubungan dengan permintaan • Passive sentence • Simple future • Pronunciation dan spelling • Ungkapanungkapan yang sopan • Small talk • Etika bertelepon • Etika menerima ajakan/tawaran • Etika menolak ajakan/tawaran

Pembentu- Strategi kan wacana
•M i n t a bantuan • Menerima tawaran • Menerima ajakan • Menolak tawaran • Menolak ajakan •M i n t a m a a f karena s a l a h n o m o r

Transactional/ Interpersonal • Requesting • Inviting

xv

UNIT 8
KD Tindak bahasa Indikator Kebahasaan Sosio-kultural Pembentukan waLet me tell you about… ……. Well, …….. Er …… Ehm ………. First, ……….. Then, ………. After that ………. Finally, ……… That’s all.

Strategi
Langkahlangkah retorika recount (generic structure) Language features recount

Mendengarkan Merespon dan mengung-kapkan · Mengidentifikasi makna ideasional makna dalam teks wacana monolog lisan dan tulis recount berbentuk recount

• Simple Past Tense • Past continous tense • Kosa kata berhubungan dengan traveling, holiday atau Berbicara vacation · Melakukan monolog • Kosa kata teks dalam bentuk berhubungan recount dengan kegiatan di waktu lampau Membaca • Kata penghubung · Mengidentifikasi main ideas · Mengidentifikasi supporting details · Mengidentifikasi informasi factual · Makna kata, frasa, dan kalimat · Mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika di dalam wacana recount · Membaca nyaring (story telling) wacana ragam tulis dengan ucapan dan intonasi yang enunjang pemahaman pendengaran jenis teks recount Menulis · Menghasilkan teks bentuk recount

xvi

and giving and asking for information. 1. requesting. congratulating. PSMP.UNIT 1 Congratulations Pic. requesting. . congratulating. greeting cards. and postcards). greeting cards. and postcards).Congratulations  . you will learn how to  respond to transactional and interpersonal dialogues about complimenting. 2006) In this unit.1 (Dit. Unit 1 . and giving and asking for information.  make ideational responses to short functional texts (notes.  produce transactional and interpersonal dialogues about complimenting.  produce short functional texts (notes.

2006) What is the occasion? Why do they look happy? What do they say to one another? Pic. 2006) What do you call it? Do you have one? What do you say to show that it is nice? Pic 1.Section One: Complimenting.coolbusinessideas. Giving and Asking for Information Presentation Activity 1 Look at the pictures below and answer the questions that follow. PSMP. Requesting.2 (Dit. 1. 1. Congratulating. What kind of party is it? What do the friends say to the man? Pic.4 (http://www. PSMP.3 (Dit.com)  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

I see that the fields and the hills are green. I’d like to offer my congratulations on your winning the English speech contest.Congratulations  . I can hear the little birds sing outside. How beautiful the country is! Pic 1. Everything looks pleasant. I like your new dress. we use ‘what’ to describe nouns. I hope you enjoy your new house. I am very happy for you. as in the following examples. The flowers and the houses are red. I love the country life. Here are some examples of the kinds of compliments common in social situations. This is the nicest classroom. Read them aloud. I live in the country. It shines in through the window. and use ‘how’ to describe adjectives and adverbs.Activity 2 On some social occasions people celebrate special events. Here are some examples of phrases of congratulations appropriate to these situations.wikarya. What a good idea! What a great dessert! Activity 3 Exclamatory sentences for complimenting. Every morning when I get up and open the window. The clouds above are white. Congratulations on your new baby brother. Happy birthday/anniversary. This soup tastes delicious.6 (http://www. The rain has ceased. What a quiet night it is! What a beautiful country it is! What a clever boy he is! What pretty girls they are! How quiet the night is! How beautiful the country is! How clever the boy is! How beautiful the girls are! Unit 1 . That salad looks wonderful.net) In exclamatory sentences. The most common response is “Thank you. Today is a fine day. I go out and look around. The sun shines again. You must be really happy about your new motorcycle. You have a beautiful house.” Practise reading these expressions aloud.

Activity 4
Read the following dialogues about complimenting. Practise reading them. Then, answer the questions that follow. Dialogue 1 You Stranger You Stranger You : Excuse me, but I was just admiring your bag. It’s really nice. : Oh, thank you. : Could you tell me where you got it? I have been looking for one like that for a long time. : It’s from the Luggage Store in Plaza Indonesia. : Oh, thank you very much.

Questions • What were you admiring? • Where did the stranger buy it? Dialogue 2 Stranger (in a lift) : Oh, I love your earrings, they are so beautiful! You : Thank you. They’re silver. Stranger : I know. Are they Yogya silver? Your : No, they are Bali silver. I got them in Ubud. Stranger : Oh, I see. Questions: • What are made of silver? • Where did you buy them? Dialogue 3 You Eddy You Eddy : Happy birthday, Ed. Wow, what a cool watch you have! Is that a present? : Thanks. Yes, it’s a birthday present from my aunt. She bought it in Singapore. : Lucky you! I wish I had a watch like that. : I hope you’ll get a watch like this on your next birthday.

Questions: • What are you complimenting? • Whom did Eddy get the present from?

Activity 5
In some situations people have to request. Practise reading the following dialogues about requesting. Then, answer these questions about each of the dialogues. 

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

• • •

Who is requesting? What is he/she requesting? Is the request accepted or refused?

Dialogue 1 Nadia Ella Nadia Ella Dialogue 2 Riza Ami Riza Ami Dialogue 3 Marni Hari Marni Hari : Could you turn off the light, Hari? : Why? What’s the matter? I want to read this novel. : If we turn on too many lights, all the electricity in the house will go off. : OK, then. : Is there any chance of borrowing your car? : That would depend on when. : This weekend. : Sorry, I am using it as well. : I wonder whether I could borrow your typewriter. : For how long? : Until the end of the week. : Yes. I think that would be alright.

Activity 6
Practise reading the following dialogue about giving and asking for information. You Man You Man You : Excuse me, could you tell me where the Public Library is, please? : The Public Library? Let me see. Oh yes, of course I know. It is in Robenton Road. : Is that near here? : You just go along this street until you come to the first traffic light. Then turn left. It’s on your left just after the zebra crossing. : Thank you.

Practice
Activity 1
Comment on the following objects using “what” and “how”. Use the appropriate adjectives in the word bank. For example: What a fashionable shirt it is! How bright the colour of the dress is!

Unit 1 - Congratulations 

Word bank
fashionable elegant casual expensive neat beautiful bright comfortable formal

Activity 2

Pic.1.7 (Dit.PSMP,2006)

Complete the following dialogues with the right expressions. Dialogue 1 Ari Bob Ari Dialogue 2 Anna Tom Anna Tom : Hey, Tom, you know what? My short story will be published in Hello magazine next month! : Wow, _______________! That’s __________, An. : Thank you. I really worked hard for that story. : I know you did, and I’m sure it’s a great story. I can’t wait to read it. : Guess what! I got the first winner prize for the debate competition! : Really? _____________________. : Thank you. 

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

_______________! Denny : Thanks! It was a tough competition.Dialogue 3 You : Den. 3. 2. 7. 2. 1. I could improve my play. A: B: A: B: Can I use your ruler? _____________________. Do as the examples. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: Do you mind if I turned the TV on? ________________________________________ Do you mind if I turned the radio down? ________________________________________ Do you mind if I made myself a cup of tea? ________________________________________ Do you mind if I used your tools? ________________________________________ Do you mind if I invited Nadia to your party? _________________________________________ Activity 4 Give responses to the following expressions of requesting. 5. go right ahead and close it. 8. 3. You : Yes. and I almost lost the third set. I am using it now. 5. 1. Unit 1 . please? ______________________. Activity 3 Here are other ways of requesting. 4. 6. Denny : That’s right. Luckily. Example: Can I borrow your typewriter? I wonder whether I could borrow your typewriter. I heard you won first prize in the chess competition yesterday. I heard you competed against senior players. Can you bring these books for me. Can I invite some friends round? Can I use your telephone? Can you help me with this math problem? Can we stop by the post office? Can you turn off the TV? Can you close the windows? Can I use your dictionary? Can I borrow your bicycle? Do you mind if I closed the window? No. Example: A: B: 1. 4.Congratulations  . 2.

You don’t have the license yet. PSMP. 1. 6. act out the dialogues for these pairs of situations. 4. Can you accompany me to the fashion shop? ______________________ Can I borrow your electronic dictionary? __________________. 2006) Situations 2 Pic. PSMP.3. 5. Then perform your best scene for the class.9 (Dit.8 (Dit. 1. Here you are. 2006)  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Do you think I could use your motorcycle? ______________________. but I think I can manage myself. Situations 1 Pic. Activity 5 In small groups. 7. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: Would you like any help? _____________________. Can you type this letter for me. please? ___________________.

and leave the store 2. (May I … ) comment on the clothes and ask for a different size/color if necessary say what size you are say you’ll have the item and ask the price and ask the price pay. Andi and Boni are good friends from the same school. Andi sees Boni on a new motorcycle and begins to talk with him. Roleplay a conversation. Follow the guide below: admire the clothes ask to see them. construct your own dialogues. One of you is the assistant in a clothes store. 1. Here are samples of situations for the dialogues. The customer wants to buy some new clothes for a holiday in Bali. the other is the customer. tells when the motorcycle was bought agrees or refuses and gives reasons answers thanking or asks for apology Unit 1 . thank.Congratulations  . Andi greets Boni compliments Boni on the new motorcycle asks to try the motorcycle expresses thanks or expresses disappointment Boni returns greeting accepts compliments.Activity 6 In pairs. (May I … ) ask to try the clothes on.

Activity 3 Complete the following dialogues about requests with the appropriate expressions. It’s 100. A: Can I use this coupon? B: ________________. 2. A: May I exchange these shoes? They are too tight. You have just eaten dinner at your friend’s house. You tell your best friend that your English poem is published in the newspaper.000 rupiahs. You admire the picture on it. 5. Compliment him/her for it. 3. sorry. A: ________________? B: Sure. You meet a woman in a bookstore. He compliments your T-shirt. You really liked the meal. Your friend is wearing a new T-shirt. Compliment him/her for it. Your cousin tells you that she was awarded the first prize in the English competition in her school. and perform them in front of the class. 2. We don’t accept coupons here. Your friend is taking you around his/her house. She has a very beautiful handbag. I don’t have a receipt. 4. A: Can I return this sweater? But. 0 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . He/She congratulates you. Congratulate her. 5. We accept either cash or a credit card. Activity 2 Prepare short dialogues. 3. You see an interesting painting in the family room. You are sitting next to a young man on a bus. 3. 1. 1. 4. make dialogues based on the situations below. Use the situations below. 2. 1. B: __________________. A: ________________? B: Sure. Your friend made the painting himself/herself. Congratulate him/ her. B: ________________. Your friend has just won the provincial debate contest. Compliment her for it.Production Activity 1 In pairs.

greeting cards. I heard that you have passed the final exam and got the highest score in English subject at your school. someone is getting married Activity 2 People often write cards to congratulate. 5. 7. 8. Dear Tommy. Some messages can be used more than once. Christmas/Easter d. Happy … 4. Here are some examples.just across the post office . Congratulations. Auntie Susan Unit 1 . Season’s greetings 6. Good luck.Activity 4 Work in pairs. Best wishes. someone has got a new job f. Get well soon.just opposite Section Two: Short Functional Texts (notes.at the end of the street . 2. someone has just passed an exam h. birthday/anniversary/new year e. Use some of the phrases below: . someone is going to take the exam g. 3.next to .on the left . Congratulations! You deserved it.on the right . With sympathy. someone has died c. and postcards) Presentation Activity 1 When do people send greeting cards? What messages do they choose? Match the messages below with the occasions. Bon Voyage. any time b.Congratulations  . Occasions: a. ask where some well-known places in your town or city are. Messages: 1.

I’ll meet you in front of the store at 4.Sarinah Department Store --.about 20minute walk To get to my house.cross Kahuripan --. Ella heard the news from ________________. Tommy is Auntie Susan’s ___________________.meet you at 4 --.my place --. 4. It’s about a 20-minute walk from there to my place. Read the note carefully. take a number 5 bus and get off at the corner of Kahuripan and Majapahit Street. 2. Activity 3 Linda is writing a note for her friend how to get to her place. Congratulations on your winning the first prize of the English debate competition.walk up Kahuripan --. I learned about it from your Mom. 1. 5 bus --. Lisa has won _______________. Love.Dear Lisa. Ella Complete these sentences based on the information in the cards. 3. Auntie Susan congratulated Tommy because _______________.Kahuripan/Majapahit --. Then cross to the other side of Kahuripan Street and walk up Kahuripan Street until you come to Sarinah Department Store.  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

Complete the following congratulating card. You deserved it. Use your dictionary for the difficult words. I enjoyed my vacation. and I really had a great vacation. Just a note to congratulate you on _________________. I went to Yogyakarta Palace one day. Unit 1 . Cheers. 1. Dear _______________. Who wrote the postcard? 2. The weather was nice the whole week. Guess what? I saw the Sultan. I just got back from Yogyakarta. Well. _________________. Fahmida Answer these questions. That’s great. The next day I went shopping and bought some batik clothes at Beringharjo Market. What did she do during the vacation? Practice Activity 1 Think of a situation. that’s all for now.Congratulations  . What is the postcard about? 3.Activity 4 Read this postcard. Dear Rusdi. I walked along Malioboro Street on the first day. Did she like the weather? 4.

15 bus -----.cross over ----. 3.get off Kahuripan Street ----.  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . You are now going on a tour to Borobudur.15-minute walk ----. Activity 2 Write a note that tells a friend how to get from your school to a place where you want to meet him or her.meet you there 5. You saw Agnes Monica walking down Malioboro Street.my place Production Activity 1 Write a congratulating message for the following situations. You are staying in Sederhana Losmen. A classmate has just passed the acting audition for a television program. Now write a note based on the information.15 ----.get off Rose In Hotel -----. Include giving compliment on the place. 2. Include compliment on the place. Activity 4 Now work individually. A cousin has won the first prize for the local dancing competition. prices. prices. A friend has just been elected chairperson of OSIS.20 bus -----. You are having a great time. • • • • • • You are now in Yogya.walk up Basuki Rachmad Street ----. Write a postcard about your last vacation. 1. The following information tells you what you should do. the food. Activity 3 In a group of two write a postcard to a friend about your last vacation.first traffic light ---. You arrived yesterday. The following is some information about your vacation.Blora Street -------. etc. etc.Activity 2 Write a postcard that tells your experience in your vacation. the food. Activity 3 You plan to go to Joko’s house.

Homework 1. Nadia Riza Nadia Riza 2. you have learned • how to congratulate. give directions to a certain place on your map. and I will tell you later. Evaluation I. : Does it look all right? : Yes. : I wonder ________________________. and it matches your scarf perfectly. • how to request. I can’t wait to see it. and I’m sure it’s a great painting. Riza. : I know you did. _______________! : Thank you. : Next weekend actually. I really worked hard for that. In the class. Dika Firda Dika Firda : Hey. and • how to write greeting cards and postcards. In pairs. Complete the following dialogues with the right expressions. : Thank you. : Tell me when. • how to compliment. Unit 1 . Summary In this unit. 1. : Let me think it over. Nadia. Take turns giving and asking for information about the location of these places. Your classmates guess the place you mean. • parking lot • library • canteen • laboratory • school yard • principal’s office 2.Congratulations  . you know what? My painting will be published in Hello magazine next month! : Wow. draw a map of your school. Mida Ann Mida Ann 3. and • how to give and ask for information. : ___________________. that’s __________. You also have learned • how to write notes.

4.first crossroad --. Clerk Customer Clerk ` 6. 13  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Just walk down this street. Tomorrow. : The shoe department is over there. Rina Tati : _________________? : Japanese Restaurant? Walk up Rajawali Street. I have to hurry. ________________ III. you can’t check out this magazine. Boy Librarian Boy Librarian 9. please? : ___________________. : _____________. : My motorcycle doesn’t start. Complete the following post card that tells about your experience on holiday. ____________________. it’s ten minutes left. _______________________? : I am sorry. Greetings from _____________. II. Write a note based on the information below. I enjoy ___________________. This morning. and turn left. You can renew the novel twice. Regards.walk down Singasari Street --. : Could I have another plastic bag. : _____________________? : Yes. Wow. : May I help you? : _________________________.about 5-minute walk --. I arrived _____________and I am having a great time now. I will be back _____________.get off Sriwijaya Inn --. of course.turn left --. Stranger Fahmi Stranger 5. Stranger Rahmi 10. To the right of the sports department. Garuda Street No. Riza Nana Riza 7. :______________________? : The Brawijaya Museum is at the corner. Customer Clerk Customer 8. : _____________________? : Sure. Mine is being repaired. : Thanks. See you soon.my house. 101 mini bus --. : Thank you. It’s ten thirty. Hi ________________. : _____________________? : Sorry. ____________________ . It’s on the right.

n           iklan gang uang saku ketinggian di atas permukaan air laut menakjubkan janji.Reflection • • Part of this unit that I like most is _______________________ because _______ ___________________. Vocabulary List Words audition awarded compliment congratulate deserve destination exclamation message note prize request tough Parts Speech n adj.Congratulations  . n adj. n adj. I can do _________________ to practise this unit. perjanjian ditempel audisi dianugerahi pesta diluar rumah dengan memanggang daging Unit 1 . n v v n n n n n n adj. of Phonetic Transcription             Indonesian Equivalent audisi dianugerahi pujian memberi selamat berhak tujuan seruan pesan catatan hadiah permintaan ketat Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent advertisement alley allowance altitude amazing appointment attached audition awarded barbeque n n n n adj.

In April spring comes and there’s no more snow. In October Halloween fun is the rule. How is the grass in June? 5. 1. answer these questions. Describe the air in May. Why do you have ‘holiday fun in giving’ in December? 8. Cultural notes After reading the poem. In September we children go to school. In March the winds can blow and blow. How would you feel in August? What season do you think it is? 7. In July the sun is high in the sky. How is the sun in July? 6. In August hot winds go blowing by. In February there’s a Valentine for everyone. In November we have a day of Thanksgiving. How many cultural events are there in the poem? 2. What season is mentioned? 3. Which countries do you think experience those events?  Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .Fun Page VRead the following poem! Around the Year In January the year just begins. In May the air is fresh and clean. 4. In June the grass is long and green. In December there’s holiday fun in giving.

Tell me your experience 19 . 2.  create spoken monologue texts of recount. PSMP. 2006) In this unit. and the text structure of written essays of recount. the linguistic features.UNIT 2 Tell me your experience (Recount) Pic.  identify the meanings.1 (Dit.  create written essays of recount using the appropriate linguistic features and text structure. Unit 2 . you will learn how to  respond to spoken monologue texts of recount.

pay attention to the events which your teacher experienced in the past. …. Then.ch) it to the authority of the zoo in this town. 1. Listen to the story carefully. 8. …. 2. 2... The police were trying to find the owner. 4. then do the follo wing exercise to help you understand. 7. a workman was just going to sit under the tree when suddenly he saw a long creature lying in the drain. What happened to the teacher several days ago? Where did the teacher go? Whom did the teacher meet? Who gave the teacher an injection? What was the doctor’s advice? Did you have the same experience? If you did. Can you guess the story by looking at the picture? The workmen who were building the new hospital in my town caught a snake last month. 1.ecliptic. 3. Say whether the following statements are True or False. 20 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . It was in the drain near the building construction site. The workman found the snake at the site of the building construction. The workman was sitting under the tree when he saw a snake.2 (www. they caught the 8 – metre long phyton and brought Pic. It did not move when he was approaching it. 6. The construction was going to be a new hospital. what would you do? Would you go to a doctor? Activity 2 Your teacher will tell you another past experience. 5. Early in the morning. They believed that the snake might belong to someone living in the area. ….. While you are listening to your teacher. Then he shouted to the other workmen who were going to start to work.Section One: Spoken Recount Presentation Activity 1 Listen to your teacher telling a past experience while he/she was ill. 3. 2. The diameter of its body was about 25 centimeters.

The snake was approaching the workman. For example: Ari : Budi : What did you do yesterday? I worked yesterday. 6. It belonged to the zoo... It was a phyton. you are creating a recount text. Activity 3 Simple Past Tense The Simple Past Tense is used to tell about past experiences. When you are telling about your experience in the past.Tell me your experience 21 .. Make short dialogues telling what you did yesterday. ….3 (Dit. …. 2. 5.4. …. PSMP. Pic. Exercise 1 Regular verbs Look at the following pictures. 2006) Unit 2 .

we sat together in the …. Finally.(2)…. 2006) Listen to the teacher reading the following text.(8)….(3)…. Then. Blue is my grandpa’s favourite colour. I wrote ‘Happy Birthday’ on it....(1)…... While listening to your teacher. my brother and I helped my sister making a birthday cake in the ….. grandpa blew the candle and cut the cake while we were singing a 22 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII ..(6)…. for grandpa... Pic. On Sunday evening. my uncle and my aunt came to my …. They brought several bottles of soft-drink. (5)….. On Saturday morning.. my sister and I went shopping at the ….. PSMP. On Friday. you may fill in the blanks with the words in the box. For example: Ani : What did you do last weekend? Bimo : I got up late. 2. 2. It was a big and beautiful …. and …. 2006) It was my grandpa’s birthday last Sunday..5 (Dit. Make short dialogues telling what you did last weekend.4 (Dit.(7)…. we put some chocolate and a …. We bought a nice …..... PSMP. Then...(4)…..Exercise 2 Irregular verbs Look at the pictures. Practice Activity 1 Pic... on the top of the cake. After that. we wrapped it in a blue paper.

In the beginning of the text.. Then... Shirley and her parents …. In the afternoon. find the meaning of the difficult words by consulting a dictionary.(2)….(7)…. After that.(6)…. a long shower.(5)….‘Happy Birthday’ song for him..(8)…... you may read the text loudly with a correct pronunciation.Tell me your experience 23 .6 (Dit. buy eat get go make see sit take Shirley’s Day Off Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. and …. Where did she spend her day off? What did Shirley do in the morning? What did Shirley do in the afternoon? What did Shirley do in the evening? What kind of day off did Shirley have yesterday? Pic. and he was very …. After the teacher reads the text. 2. a big dinner for her parents. a big breakfast.. mall birthday cake shirt candle house flowers kitchen living room happy Listen carefully to the correct pronunciation.. After dinner. Then..(1)…. jogging in the park. she …. You should open your dictionary to find out the correct pronunciation and the meaning of certain words. Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday. answer the questions that follow. he opened the present. she …. and she …. Questions: 1. He told us that he liked the present.(3)…... …. 4.(9)…. 3. groceries at the supermarket. a movie with her sister. Activity 2 Complete the following recount text with the correct forms of the verbs in the box. 5. When did Shirley have her day off? c. After giving each of us a piece of cake.. She …. …. in the living room and talked. 2. up late... Who enjoyed the day off? b.. 2006) Unit 2 .(4)….. PSMP.. what kinds of information do you get? a...

(5)…. Suddenly.. Then he (6. to go I don’t know She wouldn’t say I …. suddenly Pic. “Good morning ladies and gentlemen. Yesterday (The Beatles) Yesterday. It (2..to be There’s a shadow hanging over me Oh yesterday.(6)…. it ….(2)…. I’m not half the man I ….7 (http://www..(4)…. drink.weidemyr. hear) an announcement. look) outside at the clouds.(7)…. think).(3)…. now I …. 2. for yesterday 24 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . something wrong.. all my troubles ….. 2.8 (www. help) him.” Andi (7. think). It will fly at an altitude of 28. He (5. “What an exciting experience!” Pic. 2. be) on a plane. A stewardess always (3. What did Andi think about the stewardess? Who flew the flight? How high did the plane fly? How did Andi feel? Activity 4 Listen to the following song and put the correct words in the blank spaces... as though they’re here to stay Oh I believe in yesterday.. “How kind she is!”.. This flight is led by Captain Ferda. snack and candies. Then.com) Why she …... give) him food. “Wow.. be) the first time for him. Change the verbs in brackets into the correct form. so far away Now. Andi (1. answer the questions that follow.000 feet. 4. 3. you will learn Andi’s first experience travelling by plane.Activity 3 In the following exercise..(1)…. be) so excited that he (8. And she also (4. …. shut) his eyes to (9. What message does the song give us? Discuss with your friends..captainsdead.” He (10. Well.. ladies and gentlemen have a pleasant flight. I am flying now.com) Questions: 1.

. that there …(11)… a very important person on board. A: It is really an interesting experience. Fortunately they …(16)…. Listen to the story carefully..Tell me your experience 25 . love …. _______________________.com) …(17)…. I …. a place to hide away Oh. such an easy game to play Now I ….. happened flew touched were did-find told landed was went learnt was turned told searched flew were was Activity 2 Complete the dialogue below based on the recount text above. able to take off again. a bomb and five hours later we …(18)…. the police Pic.(8)….. back to the airport. not (www..Yesterday. we … (1)….(9)…. Earlier. high to the sky. suddenly it …(3)…... Fill in the blanks with the suitable verbs in the box.. An air-hostess …(5)….. Unit 2 . down. round and …(4). A: How do you usually travel? B: _______________________.. curious to find out what …(9)..9 …(15)…. It slowly …(2).(10)…. A: Did you have any interesting experience while traveling? B: Yes.. A: Could you tell me what happened? B: ___________________. I am used to travelling by air and only on one occasion have I ever felt frightened.. 2. After taking off. a bomb on the plane.. Later we …(10)…. in yesterday Mm Mm Mm Yesterday Production Activity 1 Your teacher will tell you another story... somebody …(12)…. Everybody on board …(7). But. the plane carefully. After we …(14)….offthemarkcartoons. low over the city. the police that there …(13)…. worried and we …(8)…. us to keep calm and to get off the plane quietly as soon as it …(6).

We danced and talked about funny things”. For example: A Party Tell about a party you enjoyed. Look at the following pictures and construct a recount text. 2006) Library Pic.2.Activity 3 Tell your experience when you were in one of the following situations or places.2. or library? • What happened in those places? Theatre Pic. What did you eat? What did you drink? What did people do at the party? “I was at my friend’s birthday party last weekend.12 (Dit. • When did you go to the theatre. We ate a lot of food and drank many kinds of drink. 2006) 26 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .11 (Dit. PSMP.2. Use the questions as guidelines to construct your text.10 (Dit. 2006) Hospital Pic. hospital. PSMP. PSMP.

. her family moved to West Java. Maya’s family moved to Java. She grew up in a small village.Section Two: Writen Recount Presentation Activity 1 Read Maya’s biography. 8. She began school when she was six years old. She’s very happy now. …. and she practiced with her new friends at the factory in Bandung. …. Maya still misses her friends back home. She went to elementary school. …... She learned English. 3. Maya also studied hard. answer the questions that follow. and after a few months she got a job as a secretary. 7. …. She began to learn to speak like other children. and she’s looking forward to an exciting future. Her family was very poor. Maya began to study English at night. Questions: 1. 4. and she had to go to work when she was thirteen years old. Unit 2 . Maya worked in a shoe factory.. Maya Gazali Maya Gazali was born in Palu. …. First. but now she studies advertising at a business school. She wants to work for an advertising company some day and write commercials. but she communicates with them very often over the Internet. Maya’s family moved to Bogor. She missed her friends back in Palu and she didn’t speak like other children. but she didn’t go to high school. Maya grew up in a small village. and then they moved to Bandung. When Maya was seventeen years old. 2. 6. Then. she wasn’t very happy. they lived in Bogor. What is the text mainly about? How was her childhood? How old was she when her family moved to Java? What does she do? What is she studying now? Why? What does she do to avoid missing her friends back home? How does the writer start the text? How does the text end? Activity 2 Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the biography above. 5.. Now Maya still studies at night.. ….Tell me your experience 27 . Maya studies advertising now. She worked on an assembly line in a shoe factory. When Maya arrived in Java.

Green doing last night when the lights went out? They were preparing for dinner.. Maya went to elementary school.. 2. PSMP. look at the pictures and make similar dialogues about these people.…. Maya got a job as a secretary Activity 3 Past Continuous Tense BE + VERB (past) I He She It We You They + ing was working were working. read the following dialogues.. Pic. and Mrs.13 (Dit. Now. Amy : Sony : What were Mr. By referring to the pattern above. 2006) 28 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Roni : What was Doris doing last night when the lights went out? Ben : She was taking a bath. Maya’s family lived in Bandung. …. ….

Tell me your experience 29 . Last summer. but he did not write a single card. but he did not write a single card. (Modified from Alexander. He sat in a public garden. He sat in a public garden. On the last day. he got up early and bought 37 cards. he thought about postcards. in what sequence He visited museums. His holiday passed quickly. He thought about postcards yesterday. He visited museums. it means that you make a recount text. and a friendly waiter taught him a few Italian words. His holidays passed quickly but he did not send any cards to his friends. A recount text has the following text structure: Orientation : provides the setting and introduces participants The writer went to Italy. Number 1 has been done for you. He thought about postcards yesterday. He got up early and bought 37 cards. Unit 2 . And Everyday a friendly waiter taught him a few Italian words. 1990) When you tell about what happened in the past. Circle all the verbs written in past tense in the text. Please send me a card Transitional devices Last summer No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Events The writer went to Italy He visited museums. the writer of a famous novel went to Italy. Language features of a Recount Underline the participants in the following text.Activity 4 Recount is a text which has social function to retell events for the purpose of informing or entertaining. He was in his room all day. Re-orientation : optional-closure of events He was in his room all day. Read the following text carefully. Events : tell what happened. His holiday passed quickly. He sat in a public garden.

2. E : Her popular song was Baby One More Time. F : She got married already. Practice Activity 1 Chained story With your classmates.14 (Dit. Where do you think they are? What are they doing? Pic. PSMP. One of you may start the biography by telling the name and the profession. B : She was born in America. C : She made several albums some years ago. but he did not write a single card. 2006) 30 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . He was in his room all day. For example: A : Britney Spears is a very famous singer. G : and so on Activity 2 Vocabulary building Look at the following picture. D : She began her career in her early twenties. so that your friends can continue the biography. It should be someone famous.7 8 On the last day he got up early and bought 37 cards. make a biography of famous people that you know.

1. 8. One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson.” …. “I’m shaking like a leaf. He examined her carefully. “I can’t keep my eyes open. “I’m seeing red. He felt her stomach. We often use colourful expression to describe how we feel. you may have problems.. angry B. “I’m ashamed to look at them straight in the eye.” ….” ….” …. All other students stopped writing.. 6. sad H. “My stomach is growling..” ….. 3. The following expressions describe the people’s feeling. embarrassed C. Suddenly Sandra Dewi vomited. …. Mrs. “I’m on pins and needles.. He measured her blood pressure. The chairman of the class sent for the school’s doctor.. “I’m jumping for joy. 4.. scared F.” ….” A. All the students did reading tasks. He listened to her heart beat. Try to match the following expressions with the feelings they describe. 2. hungry G. tired D.. 7. nervous E.Tell me your experience 31 . Unit 2 . Lidia helped her immediately. He examined her eyes. “I’m feeling blue. 5.Fill in in the word map with the activities which people usually do in their vacation. In five minutes the doctor came. Going abroad VACATION Visiting Grandparent’s house When you are traveling.” …. happy Activity 3 Read this text and then discuss with your friends the questions that follow.

Then he took her temperature. too. She needs a week’s rest”. Orientation (who/where/ when) Dear Grandpa and Grandma. We started our day off with performances but the one I liked best was the one from fourth grade. and some of us were dressed in costumes. Activity 4 Reflecting on information organization Read the letter below. and re-orientation. Asia. I’ll give her some pills for her malaria. 3. 5. They came from Australia. food stalls. Read the letter below. Pic. raffle ticket draw. 2. “I’m afraid she suffers from malaria. PSMP. 2006) Questions: 1. 2. 4. said the doctor. some tablets for her fever. 7. displays. The performance I was in was Labamba. events. There were food stalls. Straight after our performances we had our lunch. Her temperature is very high. Yesterday at my school we had an International day. We had performances. We played games. and Greece Event 1 Event 2 32 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 6. What is the text telling you about? What did the students do? What happened? What was the name of the teacher? What did the doctor do? What was Sandra Dewi suffering from? What did the doctor recommend? Identify the text structure by listing the happenings according to these categories of: orientation. and syrup for her cough.15(Dit. That is why she vomited. She has a very bad cough. Arab.

Although I didn’t win anything.. Are the verbs in the present or in the past tense? Write all the action verbs (e. The displays came from a lot of countries. It was fantastic. played etc. I did my job after I had lunch. We had displays in the hall. 2. started.Tell me your experience 33 . My job was to sell International Day Books. 3. How’s everything? We just came back from our vacation in Peru. There was also a Trash and Treasure stall where they sold toys. Identifying text structure Read the postcard and complete the diagram. Talk to you soon. These people were from sixth grade.g. 4. 5. Peter and Julie. 6.Event 3 Everyone had a job. Dear Sylvia. We spent the day there and went to Cuzco in the evening. Machu Picchu is an Inca city in the Andes Mountains. We took a bus in Aguas Calientes and arrived in Machu Picchu in the morning. These displays were good but I didn’t get to see them. Unit 2 . International Day was still fun Love from Sue Event 4 Event 5 Re-orientation (the writer’s feeling) 1. The school got these things by asking the children to bring them in. In Cuzco we hired a Peruvian guide.) you find in the letter. Answer these questions Production Activity 1 Why did Sue write the letter? To whom did she write the letter? What did she tell in the letter? Mention the words that Sue uses to tell the order of events. and we learned a lot about The Inca culture.

and spelling. Down the Drain one saturday evening while washing the dishes mum accidentally nocked her favourite ring on the tap immediately she glanced to see if it was all right to her horror she noticed that one of the gems was missing without thinking she pulled the plug out and observed the green stone slid under a plate and go down the drain mum was dreadfully upset because it was her grandmother’s ring. (Taken from O’Brien & Purcell. • how to make spoken recount of your own. commas. and • how to make written recount of your own. make a postcard telling your friend your experience when you were away. Summary In this unit. Remember these points when telling. Things to look for are apostrophes. Use the following questions to guide you. capitals.Event 1 Took bus in Aguas calientes Event 2 Event 3 Event 4 Event 5 learned a lot about inca culture After completing the diagram. • • • • Where did you go? What happened first? What happened next? What happened at the end? Activity 2 Edit the text below so that it makes sense. • how to respond to written recount. 1998) Homework Write a recount text of your own. you have learned • how to respond to spoken recount being told to you. Think about a memorable event in your life. • • • Begin the story by telling when and where it happened as well as who participated. Write the events in the order they happened. End your story. 34 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

continues to list the events that happened. and when. 5. 2. I think I know how to retell past events to inform or to entertain. being arrested as a fifteen-year-old for bushranging.You have also learned these. n Phonetic Transcription          Indonesian Equivalent ketinggian di atas permukaan air laut penguasa hutan liburan bersifat menghibur kejadian pengalaman batu permata menyenangkan urutan Unit 2 . 6. • When you tell about the happenings in the past. Ned finally embarked on three years of violent crime. 4.Tell me your experience 35 . He was the leader of the Kelly Gang. Soon after. Ned drifted into crime. • A recount text begins with information about who. Evaluation Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order. Part of this unit that is the most impressive is _______________ Vocabulary List Words altitude bushranger day off entertaining event experience gem pleasant sequence Parts of Speech n n n adj. it means that you make a recount text. 1. Ned Kelly is Australia’s best known bushranger. As he felt victimized. and ends with a closure. his father died. n n n adj. Reflection 1. • Recount is a text which has social function to retell events for the purpose of informing or entertaining. 2. where. At the age of eleven. 7. he was sent to prison for three years for horse theft. 3. His life ended with his being hanged in Melbourne jail.

What couldn’t the turtle do? 36 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . He snapped at a flea. He snapped at a mosquito. Now I’m happy to say I’m a year older today. How old is the boy now? 3. When I was two The world was new. Then I turned quickly Into a boy of three. What could the turtle do? 6. He caught the flea. and then answer the questions that follow. And he snapped at me. Vachel Lindsay Questions: 1. And soon you’ll see Another birthday party for me Do you know How old I’ll be? Poem 2 The Little Turtle There was a little turtle. How old will the boy be? 4. What is Poem 1 about? 2. Poem 1 Birthday Boy When I was one It was so much fun. He snapped at a minnow. He caught the mosquito. He swam in a puddle. And he didn’t catch me. One year more And I was four. He lived in a box. He climbed on the rocks.Fun Page Read the poems. He caught the minnow. What is Poem 2 about? 5.

• make ideasional responses to short functional texts (advertisements. • produce transactional and interpersonal dialogues about giving and asking for opinions. postcards. and notices). 2006) In this unit. expressing facts. and notices). 3. postcards. Unit 3 . expressing facts. and giving instructions. PSMP. and giving instructions.1(Dit.UNIT 3 What do You Do for Fun ? Pic. you will learn how to • respond to transactional and interpersonal dialogues about giving and asking for opinions. • write short functional texts (advertisements.What do You Do For Fun ? 37 .

elysiaresort. 3.com) Pic.Section One: Giving and Asking for Opinions.com) Pic. 3. They tell you some tourism objects and outdoor activities.luckymountainhome.5 (www.3(www.differentbaliindonesia. Talk about them with your teacher.bsec-exhibition.2 (www. Expressing Facts. and Giving Instructions Presentation Activity 1 People have many things to do in their leisure time.com) Pic.4 (www. Pic. Some people visit the park near their house. 3.com) 38 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 3. What about you? Listen to your teacher asking you about your opinions related to spare-time activities! The questions could be like these: What do you usually do in your free time? Is there a recreation park near your place? What do you like most about your favourite place? Do you do anything special in your free time? Do you like to do outdoor activities? Look at the following pictures. while some others do interesting activities.

really? It’s beautiful. . That’s why I moved away.Activity 2 Look at the following examples.What do You Do For Fun ? 39 . . expensive . it’s very old. Yogyakarta’s an exciting city Singapore’s a clean city. These are some ways to express opinions about places and activities. ____ No. . small . It’s too dangerous for some people. dirty . a) Match each word in list A with its opposite in list B 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) A beautiful big cheap clean friendly interesting quiet dangerous B . . Is Amsterdam a modern city? B ____ Oh. canals. ugly b) Match the questions in column A with the answers in column B. . It’s not very boring. Rafting is dangerous for some people. I’ve never been there. . noisy . It’s fairly clean. It’s very cheap. . and buildings. rude . Unit 3 . It has lots of fascinating streets. Fishing is not a boring activity. safe . Then practice the conversations with your partner. I hate it! It’s very boring. . . . it is. ____ Oh yes. . . It has great harbor and beautiful beaches. It’s a very exciting city. . . A a) b) c) d) What’s Hong Kong like? Is it an interesting place? What’s your hometown like? Do you like it? Tell me about Sydney. boring . . It’s very exciting. ____ No. Jogging is a cheap exercise. but it’s pretty crowded. .

: First. work. An imperative tells someone to do something. work! I’m so exhausted. ________________________ 40 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Do some exercise every day and don’t take any work home. The floor is wet. whoever calls will be able to hear it in your voice. Look out. peel the potatoes. : Don’t worry about it. Then. Mind Your Manner Smile when you answer the phone. look at the pictures. Match the warnings and commands to the pictures. Let’s listen to the conversation. I’m so tired. Stop. Every day is the same: work. : Be careful. he is using the imperatives. I know. Roger suggests things that she can do. Cultural Notes The difference between a command and a request lies in the speaker’s tone of voice and the use of please. Look Out________________ 2. : I’m sorry to hear that. Police. Please put your seat belt on. Do something fun every evening. It works for me. Watch out for the ball. Sit down and be quiet. Look at some more examples: Giving commands Giving advice Giving instructions Giving warnings : Stop the car. Now. = 1.Activity 3 Do you ever feel bored? Do you feel the same way as Amy? She is complaining about her lifestyle. boil the water. Don’t step on the truck. When Roger offers Amy things she can do. Amy Roger : Oh.

The one on the arm of your seat. Excuse me. Read carefully the card on passenger safety. 2006) Activity 4 Let’s listen to some more dialogues. ______________________ 6. Announcer : Ladies and gentlemen. Please fasten your seat-belts. Lim Stewardess Mr. ________________________ 4.What do You Do For Fun ? 41 . 3.3. How do you put this seat upright. Mr. PSMP.6 (Dit. ________________________ Pic. You’re welcome. ________________________ 5. Put your seat in the upright position and do not smoke. Welcome aboard United Airlines 780. Lim Stewardess : : : : Unit 3 . please? Press this button. Thank you. Oh.there. Dialogue 1 Have you ever gone by plane? Do you know the procedures to follow before the plane takes off? Listen to your teacher read the dialogue. This time people are giving and asking for instructions when travelling. A flight attendant is giving some instructions to the passengers before the plane takes off. You will find this in the pocket of the seat in front of you.

Comprehension questions: 1. 2. Cohen is on holiday in Indonesia. Mrs. The host Mrs. 3. I will. But get a receipt for it. : Don’t worry. List things that Mary shouldn’t do. Cohen? Oh. : Don’t worry. Where is Mary going? List things that Mary should do. 4. I mean…It’s too hot for me. 2. Listen to your teacher reading the dialogue. 4. And there’s another thing. He/she will repeat it two or three times. A lot. Father Mary Father Mary Father Mary Father : Remember Mary. She’s talking with the host. I will. : Keep it in a safe place. 3.Comprehension questions: 1. What is the announcement about? Where can you find the card on passenger safety? Who is asking the stewardess? What is the button on the arm of the seat for? Dialogue 2 Mary is going abroad for the first time. Get back by 10 o’clock every night. What does her father want her to do every week? Activity 5 Mrs. 42 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Her father is giving her some instructions. And use your ATM card wisely. please call me Ann. Yes. : Where should I leave my money when I go out? : Leave it at the hotel desk. Listen to your teacher reading the dialogue. Cohen And do you like it here. Don’t stay out at night. : And write to us every week. And what do you think of the food? Well…actually…I’m not very keen on it. And don’t carry too much money with you when you go out. I like it. look after your passport.

it must be hot! : Yes. : Really? That’s too bad. : Do you know? The temperature in summer in America can reach 41°C! : Is it true? Wow. Unit 3 . A: Is it a big city? 3. I try again and again. I’m not. It’s so beautiful. it is really. : The smoke in Palembang and Riau is getting worse. a) Ayu Boni Ayu Boni b) Cahyo Dina Cahyo Edi Firdha Edi : The tolled motorway to Surabaya is closed again today. Do you know how to describe a place? What do people usually ask? Look at the following examples about giving and asking for opinions! 1. it’s very big. B: Yes. It’s all right. They’re very friendly…and …I love the scenery.What do You Do For Fun ? 43 . I hope it will be opened again tomorrow. Here are some examples on responding to people’s statements of facts. A: What’s Yogya Palace like? What’s Surabaya like? B: It’s a fascinating place. really hot! c) d) Debbie : I give up! I simply can’t learn French! Helen : Why do you say that? I think you’re making a lot of progress. Pay attention to the expressions printed in bold. It’s a clean/crowded/busy city. : It really is! I feel sorry for the people. No. : Why? : I have to pick up my Mum in Juanda airport. and still I can’t speak French very well.What do you like most Ann? The people. It rains a lot. : So do I. A: What’s the weather like in England/Indonesia? B: It’s pretty hot/bad/good/cold most of the time. Very often people express facts about something. 2. Debbie : No. it’s not very big.

: Oh. Use the verbs in the box. interesting 1. Here. there’s nothing exciting to do. : Yeah? 44 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . And don’t ______ any heavy food. ______ one of these pills every three hours. I think it’s a very boring place. Lou Joyce Lou Joyce Lou Joyce Lou Joyce Lou big _______ _______ _______ expensive beautiful ________ _________ ________ _________ ________ _________ _________ _________ _________ : So tell me about your hometown. but lots of people love it because it’s so pretty. Why don’t we practice those dialogues together? Debbie : A good idea. But don’t give up. _______ some aspirin. Kent : What’s the matter Kelly? Kelly : I think I ______ the flu. Lou. you are. Hart : I see. Joyce? : Well. Dr. it’s a real small town… : Really? What’s it like there? : Oh. He/she will read two or three times. Mr. Hart : Hello.Helen : Yes. 2. Ben! What’s wrong? Liz : I feel sick. feel get go have have stay take take Dr. :Yeah. Learning any language takes a lot of effort. ______ home. Mr. Lou 3. Then. Activity 2 Joyce. Kent. Mr. Nick Dialogue scripts 1. Kelly : Thanks. and ______ in bed. What do they say? Listen to your teacher reading the dialogues. Kent : That’s too bad. Practice Activity 1 Complete the dialogues. in the following data. I ______ a stomachache and a headache. Listen. and Nick are talking about their hometown. : Why? : Well. I really get bored there. No good restaurants. write Y for yes and N for no about those hometowns. that’s too bad. do eat 1. No nightlife of any kind. Joyce 2.

too many buildings. It’s pretty big. It has lovely scenery – lots of mountains.What do You Do For Fun ? 45 . Nick Lou Nick Lou Nick Lou Nick 3. you know. yeah.. I don’t know. Russian. too many factories. : Yeah. trees … : Well. : Hey. You are surprised. : What’s it like there? : Oh. Japanese… : Oh…really? And how are the prices? Is it expensive? : Yeah. I’m not the outdoor type! I’m a real city person.. not really. rivers./Mrs. and terrific restaurants of all kinds… like Greek. it’s pretty bad. c’mon! No interesting theatres or nightlife? : No.000. if you like to go hiking in the summer and skiing in the winter. But. your classmate.Joyce Lou Joyce : Uh-huh. yeah. it’s a really great place! It has some fantastic art museums. : No. Like here! : Is your hometown as bad as that? : Yes. why not? : I don’t like my hometown. I guess so. make short dialogues for the following situations. It doesn’t have any good restaurants. And apartments! They’re so hard to find…and the rents are pretty high : Yeah.) is going to retire next month. French. Are you going home for the holiday? : No way! : Oh. It’s big and it’s ugly! I like places that are small and quiet. 1) 2) 3) You tell your friend that the new Harry Potter book costs almost Rp 200. Unit 3 . lakes.. yeah. You hear that Tina. I guess it’s expensive everywhere these days. It sounds like a nice place! : Well. : Do you come from a big city. Joyce Nick Joyce Nick Joyce Nick Joyce Nick Joyce Nick Activity 3 In pairs. Thai. Joyce. Nick. : It sounds like a terrible place. Lou? : Oh. Food costs a lot…both in the supermarket and in restaurants. Too many people. has just had twin baby brothers. and wonderful theaters. I do. 2. You tell your friend. it really is. Your friend tells you that your favourite teacher (Mr.

She thinks she is a bit too fat. I’m really enjoying myself. or something like that. 46 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . I love spicy food. You Visitor You Visitor You Visitor : : : : : : And how do you like it here ? …. Arrange the scrambled sentences into the right order Yes. and he/she will describe them to you. food.. It’s all right. I love it. But my room is very small. That’s good. Practice the following dialogue with your partner. Now practise reading the dialogue with your partner. And what about the food? Do you like it? …. perhaps we should join the tennis club. Then. It’s such a boring sport. It’s delicious. Activity 4 Jane is not happy with her weight. Yes. I think so too. Use the cues in the box. Do you? And what’s your hotel like? …. Peter thinks she needs to do some exercise. I don’t really like golf. Then we could both play. I really need more exercise. or things.Now pretend that you are talking to a visitor. answer the following questions. that’s a good idea. I’ll get the registration forms tomorrow. I‘m putting on weight. Well. • • • What is Jane concerned with? What doesn’t she like to take up? Why? What does Peter suggest finally? Production Activity 1 Make a dialogue with your partner based on the following task. take up golf. Well. Let’s find out about their dialogue. Task: Find out your friend’s opinion about his/her favourite places.

The hotel should provide those. And what about soap? : No. 3. In the coming meeting. Suramadu. your teacher will ask you to come forward and practise the dialogue in front of the class. it may be cool at night. There are many big supermarkets. But I often miss the fresh vegetables I bought in open markets in my hometown. : I think we should take some shampoo. My new city is large and noisy. 1. Then. I’ll pack two then. : Right. It is very different from my hometown. the hotel should provide it. : Oh. The people are very friendly. 5. I like my new city. 2. 4. : Yes. The two cities are beautiful. I suppose we need to take some bathroom towels with us. 6. Listen to your teacher reading the dialogue. Sukamaju. Tell some facts about them. bathroom towels beach towels shampoo soap Dialogue script ____ ____ ____ ____ raincoats umbrellas food to eat on the way warm sweaters ____ ____ ____ ____ Jean Paul Jean Paul Jean Paul Jean Paul Jean : Now. I don’t think we need to. The weather is mild. OK. maybe a beach towel would be a good idea. 7.What do You Do For Fun ? 47 . But some things in my new city are similar to my hometown.Activity 2 When you have collected your friend’s opinion. Use the questions that follow to guide you. But what about towels for the beach? Do you think we should take any? : Well. I think we need to take some warm Unit 3 . Activity 3 Jean and Paul are getting ready to go away for a short vacation at the seaside. Then check ( √ ) the things they decide to take with them. retell the information from the text. Read the following text that contains facts about two cities. : Oh. all right. get ready for class performance. : Now. Questions: What is the name of the writer’s city now? What is the name of the writer’s hometown? How big is his/her new city? What about his/her hometown? How is the weather? Where does he/she usually shop now? How is his/her new city similar to his/her hometown? Think of two cities that you know.

Tel. 1. let’s just take umbrellas then. what should you do? VISIT BEAUTIFUL BALI Enjoy Bali’s beautiful beaches! Visit the art city of Ubud! Stay in Asia’s finest hotels! Buy beautiful souvenirs! See Mount Agung! …and much more. : Yes. Notices) Presentation Activity 1 Look at the following advertisement. Do you know the function of an ad? Read this ad and answer the following questions. We can always stop and buy something if we are hungry. 3. the temples. I think we’re all set. and the exotic dances. I can’t wait to lie on the b Activity 4 You and your friend are going for a picnic to a place. But don’t take too much.Paul Jean Paul Jean Paul sweaters. Check with each other what things you need to take. 62-31-5087062 48 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Come and try our restaurants. We’ve got it all! Come and see the art shops. 2. Postcards. And what about raincoats? It may rain while we are there? : Well. Who published this ad? What is being advertised? If you are interested in visiting Bali. then. Call Citra Tour. if you like. Section Two: Short Functional Texts (Advertisements. : And do you think we should take a few things to eat on the way? You know. : All right. some biscuits or something like that? : Yes. I don’t want to carry too much.

What do You Do For Fun ? 49 . What advice did he give Keiko? Why? Unit 3 .Activity 2 Here is a postcard from Sue. I went to the Smithsonian and the National Gallery yesterday – fantastic! And there’s a new musical at the Kennedy Center I want to see. What does Bill think of Washington? 2. It was 102o yesterday. Great food! And the shops are good. and mention the difference between an ad and a postcard. The museums here are excellent. I’m in Montreal for a conference. Read it. It’s a beautiful city. Lots of people speak French here. Take care. It’s not far from here. But the city is still crowded with tourists. I bought a nice winter coat yesterday. This is not a good time to visit Washington. so I’m glad I took French in college. But the heat! Don’t come to Washington in August. Hi Luis. What places did he visit? 3. Sue Activity 3 Read another postcard below and answer the questions. It’s very hot. I want to go to Quebec City for the weekend. See you soon! Bill Questions: 1. Clothes are quite cheap. Keiko.

.......................... g............. ASEAN PASSPORT HOLDERS ONLY f.... QUEUE THIS SIDE PLEASE c........ ... QUIET PLEASE j.................. b............ ................... .................................. .................................................................... ............................. f.......................Activity 4 Read the following notices and then mention the place/places where you can find them................ please have the EXACT fare ready d................. c.. ................ EXAMINATION IN PROGRESS a........... NOTICES a............................ e.... ................................ NO CYCLING ON THE FOOTPATH e..... KEEP YOUR DISTANCE i......... i............................ h............. ......... j......................... d....................... ...... 50 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII ............................... ....... ...... PLEASE DO NOT FEED THE ANIMAL b.................... ENGAGED g....... OUT OF ORDER h......

. ........................................................ j.................................. .................... Activity 6 Now......... g................................................ e.................. c....... f...... Unit 3 .... Pro E i.. ............. Give examples of written notices you know What are they? _____________ Written Notices Why are they written? _____________ ...... a...................................... .................. Complete the following web......................... d.............................. ... .....What do You Do For Fun ? 51 ...... b................ ............................. . Work with your team............................................................. ............ h..................................................... ..................... let’s read about notices....................Activity 5 Discuss the meaning of each notice above with your group...........

Then exchange your postcards or ad with those of your friend’s Use the following situations as your guidelines. • Have some pictures attached in the ad to make it more interesting. Ani Rahman Feliks Riza : ______________? : Over there. 2. Read the notice “Please don’t feed the animals”. Mom? Mother : ______________. • Choose a tourist resort that you want to promote. Child : Can I feed the animals. I didn’t read it. ____________. Then. : Excuse me. 52 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Activity 2 Complete the following dialogues with your own words. please. Could you read that notice “Quiet. Each of you will work individually to write an ad. Now it’s your turn to write similar texts. You’re away for a vacation. • • Write a short advertisement to promote a tourist resort in your area. Production Activity 1 We’re going to have a class project. Tell him/her about your trip and the places you visited.Practice Activity 1 It’s time for you to work together! You’ve seen an ad about Bali and two postcards that Sue and Bill wrote about the places they are visiting. practise reading them aloud. 1. Look at that notice “Asean Passport Holders Only”. Send a postcard to your best friend or your family. • Display all your work on the class wall. Examination in Progress”? : Oh. 3.

cats. 2. You have also learned • how to write ads.g. : My friend? Unit 3 . 1. and • how to write notices. • how to write postcards. fact about breaking alarm clock). • how to express statements of facts. : That’s quite alright (That doesn’t matter/Don’t worry about that). but I’ve broken your alarm clock. kittens. we have to acknowledge facts (e. Example: A B : I’m so (very/terribly) sorry. you have learned • how to give and ask for opinions.Activity 2 Write notices of your own for the following situations. etc. Answer the questions that follow. 1. Mary Rudi : I met your friend this morning. Read the following dialogues. You don’t want anybody to disturb you. Homework In many situations.What do You Do For Fun ? 53 . 3.). run over your cat lost my front door key burned a hole in the carpet broken your ash-tray lost your hat damaged your plastic flowers Summary In this unit. Make up dialogues about expressing facts by using the information below. You want to stay in your room the whole day. You don’t want anybody to feed your pets (fish. It is still wet. Evaluation I. You have just painted your room. and • how to give and respond to instructions.

: Oh. very cold! : Do you go alone? : A couple of my friends usually go with me. I love snow! 2. Who is Hamzah? Is Rudi a good student? How does Hamzah look like? : Do you like to ski? : Yes. Hamzah! Yes. : Is he a good student? : Yes. not me. What are John and Bob talking about? Who likes cold weather? Who usually goes skiing with Bob? II. Reflection 1. He’s a nice guy. You are assigned by your school to make a notice that your school library is open from 8 A. John Bob John Bob John Bob John Bob Questions: a. 2.M. : I really like it. He and I are at the top of the class.M. I love to go skiing. 3. 1. Things that I want to do to practice this unit are ______________ _________________________________________________________ 54 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . You don’t want people to eat and drink in the room. c. to 1 P. yes. : He is very good-looking.Mary Rudi Mary Rudi Mary Rudi : Hamzah. b. The most interesting part of this unit is ___________________. c. :He is! Questions: a. 2. b. very good. You don’t want people to step their foot on the grass. : Does it get cold? : Oh. I don’t like cold weather. Do you want to come along some weekend? : No. he’s in my class. Write notices for the following situations.

adj. adj. adj.What do You Do For Fun ? 55 .Vocabulary List Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent advertisement attached concerned crowded engaged exercise exciting feed fun leisure scrambled weight n adj. n adj. v n n adj. n             iklan ditempel khawatir ramai terpakai olahraga menyenangkan memberi makan kesenangan santai acak berat badan Unit 3 .

3. PSMP.7 (Dit. 2006) 56 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .Fun Page Pic.

net) In this unit. the linguistic features.1 (http://blog.Let’s Go Somewhere! 57 . • create spoken monologue texts of descriptive.paxholley. and the text structure of written essays of descriptive. • identify the meanings. you will learn how to • respond to spoken monologue texts of descriptive. Unit 4 . • write essays of descriptive using the appropriate linguistic features and text structure. 4.UNIT 4 Let’s Go Somewhere! (Descriptive) Pic.

beautiful excellent famous outgoing friendly descent fun-loving (to) sunbathe official (language) distinct accent immigrant population race ethnic group vast majority scenery Compass rose North West East South 58 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Have you ever been to a national park? When is the best time to visit the place? Why? When is the worst time to visit the place? Why? Activity 2 The following words will help you understand the texts you will find in this unit.Section One: Spoken Descriptive Presentation Activity 1 Answer your teacher’s questions about holidays. Check the meaning and the pronunciation of the following words.

Listen to your teacher reading the above expressions. It’s famous for ….Let’s Go Somewhere! 59 . It sounds awful/terrible/nice. They’re famous for …. Listen to him/her and pay attention to the way he/she talks. Check the meaning and the pronunciation of the following expressions. 4.com) Unit 4 .2 (http://ludcarrera. I’ve never been there. then repeat after him/her. He/she will do it two or three times. It’s a beautiful place. Pic. Activity 4 Your teacher is going to talk about Brazil.Activity 3 The following expressions will help you understand the texts you will find in this unit. Those are several ways of describing a place. The beaches are excellent.

3. The weather is nice there.. Notice that we use the Simple Present Tense.south. Does anybody know where Brazil is? Yes. The people love to sing and dance the samba. D. 60 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . C. Comprehension questions: 1. 5. And. then you must know that the samba dance is from Brazil. the football team is one of the best in the world. Adriano.. to make their skin darker. Does Hawaii have good beaches? The beaches are excellent. Oh…yes…they also love to sunbathe… lying on the beach . Now let me tell you more about Brazil. Use these questions to help you understand the text. It’s a nice place. outgoing. as shown in the above examples. to have their skin tanned…I mean. Remember the compass rose? north.west. B. it’s located in the eastern part of South America.er. You know.. E.BRAZIL Does anybody know anything about Brazil? Yes. 2. it’s also the fifth largest country in world. Here…look at the world map. Well…if you’ve heard about samba. A. The simple present expresses general statements of fact.east. Ronaldinho. It’s not very hot They are very interesting.. Where is Brazil located? How large is Brazil? How do you describe the people of Brazil? What do Brazilians like to do? Why do they like to sunbathe? Activity 5 SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE. and they also like to have fun.. The above sentences show us how to talk about places. Look at the examples below.. Now what about the people? They are friendly. 4. They’re fun-loving people. It has great players like Ronaldo. Brazil is the largest country in South America.

PSMP. The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum You can easily be accused of committing a tourism sin if you’re in Semarang and failed to visit the Ambarawa Railway Museum. answer the questions that follow. Ambarawa was a military zone and the railway station was used to transport troops to Semarang through Kedungjati. 4.panoramio. ___ 3. 4. ___ 2. What is the text mainly about? Where is it located? How did the Dutch use the Ambarawa railway station? Why can we breathe fresh air there? Why is it a must for us to visit this place? Unit 4 . ___ 1. All in all. Practice Activity 1 Close your book. The Ambarawa Railway Museum is wellmaintained. A vacation you took. ___ 4. 3. It is at 474m above sea level. You can enjoy the beautiful panorama during the route. this is a truly exciting treasure to visit. Your childhood. Listen to your teacher reading the following text about a museum.Read the following topics. Then. 5. 2006) Pic. It is a medium-sized building. Traditions in your country.Let’s Go Somewhere! 61 . The geography of a country. The railway route is offered to visitors. The description of a tourist place. giving you unpolluted fresh air to breathe. ___ 5.3 (http://www.com) Questions: 1. During the Dutch colonial days. (Source:Dit. 2. Which ones can you discuss or write about with a simple present? Check (√) your answers and discuss them with your friends. This museum is situated less than an hour’s drive from the capital of Central Java.

Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description. Read an example below. they share many features. dolphins. 4. 62 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . with mountains and waterfalls. Use the information in the following text. Work with your partner to describe The Hawaiian Islands orally. Activity 3 Now you can work individually to describe your hometown or your favourite place. 2006) Pic. with temperatures of about 780C (25. far away from any other land. THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS The Hawaiian Islands are located in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. you’re invited to come forward and tell the class about it.60C) in the winter and 850C (29. Their waters are filled with colourful fish. - Where do you come from/Where do you live? Where do you usually go on holidays? Where is your hometown/your favourite place located? How big is your hometown/the place? What is the weather like there? What’s interesting about your hometown? What is it famous for? Production Activity 1 Now that you’re ready to talk about your hometown or your favourite place.Activity 2 It’s time for group work. and long beaches. Rain falls often. and giant sea turtles (Source:Dit. Now it’s your turn to give an oral description. They all have a tropical climate.hyves. rainforests. and while they differ from each other in some ways. The islands also share a natural beauty. but not for long.4 (http://zon-zee-strand. PSMP.40C) in the summer.it) . There are eight islands of different sizes.

Then guess the answers to the questions. Then. do you take some time for the preparation? What do you have to prepare? What things do you have to take with you? How many clothes do you need? Fill in the word map with the suitable words. Our classroom is near the computer room. and waterfalls. huge glaciers. tell in front of the class what you have to prepare before traveling. etc. ____. _____. The interior of this island contains incredible contrasts. it’s like nowhere else on earth. ________. volcanoes. A description of our school Activity 2 Before you go travelling. ________. There are 40 rooms and 700 students in the school. etc.Our school is in the north of the city near the airport and factories. etc.Let’s Go Somewhere! 63 . Health: medication. It has tundras. _______. Section Two: Written Descriptive Presentation Activity 1 Read these amazing facts about Iceland. MYSTERIOUS ISLAND Iceland is a very unique island—in fact. ________. ____. etc. _______. Clothing: jacket. It is very big. VACATION Travel documents: ticket. Check the answers. Things to bring: food. three laboratories and a computer room. We have got a football field. Unit 4 .

4. fall between September-Novembe vtr. so people can play sports all night. greenhouse : a glass building used for growing plants.com) Where do they get them? Fact 4: Icelanders like to play golf all night during the summer. summer. They get them from greenhouses.desktopscenes. Is it warm here all year? Fact 2: The island’s climate is cool. The water heats buildings. Icelanders use geothermal energy to grow fruit and vegetables in greenhouses. and winter. How do they see the ball? ANSWERS 1. They use geothermal heat from under the ground. In the South Hemisphere. even in the winter.5 but they rarely buy them from other countries. fall (autumn). This means they don’t need to import products. and winter between December-February. Winters are cold in Iceland. tundra : a large. 2. Icelanders use water from volcanoes. Pipes carry the heated water throughout the country. Cultural Notes Subtropical countries have four seasons a year: spring. In the summer the sun doesn’t go down.Fact 1: Swimsuit maker Speedo sells a very large number of bathing suits in Iceland. Energy is very cheap and it doesn’t cause pollution. spring is between March-May. fall between March-May. Iceland is very close to the Arctic Circle. summer between December-February. 3. 4. hot springs. spring is between September-November. but most people don’t pay money for heat. summer between June-August. 64 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Notes on vocabulary: geyser : a hot spring that shoots water into the air. What kind of energy do Icelanders use? Fact 3: Icelanders eat fresh fruit and vegetables all year. Pic. No. and winter between June-August. glacier : a large body of ice that moves slowly over land. In the North Hemisphere. flat area of frozen land without trees. (http://www. but the people of Iceland swim all year in heated swimming pools. produce : foods such as fruit and vegetables. and geysers.

net) Singapore is famous for its shops and restaurants. you begin with identification. The business district is very modern. • what kinds of clothes people usually wear. Most of the people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. What is Singapore like? Is it beautiful? How big is the population of Singapore? Where do most people live? Is the business district an old place? What can we find in Chinatown? What is Singapore most famous for? Activity 3 How is the text about Singapore organized? When you describe a place. Activity 2 Read the following text about Singapore. • how the weather is. It’s also a clean city. a person. . 4.Megawati Sukarnoputri is the first female president of Indonesia. In Chinatown there are rows of old shop houses. Pic. Malay and European food. 3. Indian.Let’s Go Somewhere! 65 . with lots of tall new office buildings. The government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and date from the colonial days. or a thing.For each season. 4. Most of the goods are duty free. find in the Internet some information about: • what people usually do. PSMP.Singapore is an island city of about 4 million people. 6.Brazil is the largest country in South America. Singapore also has some nice older sections. 2006) Comprehension questions: 1. Unit 4 . Singapore is an island city of about 4 million people. and the prices are quite reasonable. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese. It’s a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. (Source:Dit. There are many good shopping centers.6 (http://podasia. . 5. 2. .

not too big. SAN FRANCISCO San Francisco is my favourite city in the United States.The rest of the passage gives you more details of the physical description. 6. You can also get great Chinese. . 3. Japanese. clean. American and European food in San Francisco. The seafood restaurants. and it has something for everybody.Most of the goods are duty free. are my favourites. It never gets too cold or too hot. It’s not a very comfortable ride. It is beautiful. What is interesting about streets in San Francisco? Does the cable car only go to certain areas of the city? Can you see the view of San Francisco from the cable car? What’s the weather like there? Does it rain a lot in the summers? How are the restaurants in San Francisco? How does the writer begin the text? What does the writer include in the rest of the text? 66 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .wikimedia. with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side. . The passage also gives us the specific characteristics of Singapore. but it never gets very cold. 2. Practice Activity 1 Now read the following text.org) and lobster. 8. I love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. Comprehension questions: 1. but it’s exciting and the views you get from the car are wonderful. In the text about Singapore. the details are the kinds of building. It rains quite a lot in the winter. And I like the weather in San Francisco.People live in high-rise flats. The summers are pleasant. It takes you to most parts of the city. One of my favourite things to do in San Francisco is to ride the cable car. 7. 5. 4. with crabs (http://upload.7 restaurants.The business district is modern. 4. Another thing I enjoy about the city is the Pic. Answer the questions that follow. Guess what? The shopping centres and the restaurants! . The streets wind up and down the hills. . with tall new office buildings. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue.The prices in the restaurants are reasonable.

Let’s Go Somewhere! 67 . Pass the paper until all the circles are filled with questions.Activity 2 Read the text about San Francisco again. What’s the weather like? Where you live Unit 4 . Part 1 Write one question in the web on your paper. Try to identify the organization of the text as we have seen in the text about Singapore. Then pass it to the student on your right. like the following example. Identification: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Description: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Activity 3 Are you ready to write about the place where you live? Let’s follow these steps to help you write your paragraph. read it and add one new question. When you get a paper from your left. He/she will write another question in another circle.

Then. Read the questions. answer the questions that follow. ______________________________ 2. _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Production Activity 1 The following text about the capital of Egypt is not written properly. ______________________________ 3. ______________________________ Part 4 Write your paragraph based on your answers to the questions. ______________________________ 4. Choose four questions you want to answer and cross out three that you don’t want to answer. 1. including the one you wrote. Now you have 5 questions. ______________________________ 5. However behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where there is no sound of traffic The only sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders Water sellers and herdsmen wander through the streets as their forefathers did thousands of 68 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .Part 2 Find your original paper. Egypts Capital Cairo is the largest city in egypt Here you can always roll back the centuries Modern cairo has tall buildings and broad streets equal to any in the capitals of europe or australia From the top floors of impresive blocks of flats you can gaze at magnificent views across the river nile. Edit the text so that it makes sense. Part 3 Number the questions in the order you want to answer them.

3. 5. How is the modern section of Cairo different from the ancient section? Pic. Soft.encasement. shifting soil has always been the tower’s problem. Millions of dollars have been spent to stop the tower crashing to the ground. This was a great setback because engineers had previously corrected about twenty millimeters of the lean by using an inventive underground cables idea to straighten the tower. find the meanings of the words printed in bold. Pic. 1. Use a dictionary when necessary. Then. 4. Recently. In which country is Cairo situated? 2.org) 1. 6. 2. answer the questions that follow. What is the size of the classroom? How are desks arranged? What can you see in the front part? What can you see on both sides? What can you see on the walls? How do you like your classroom? Homework Read the following text about Pisa Tower carefully.com) Activity 2 Observe your own classroom. Pisa would hate to lose its precious Campo dei Miracoli and the tourist dollars it generates.9 (http://media. The Leaning Tower of Pisa Thousands of people visit Pisa’s famous tower each year and wonder just how much longer it can exist without falling. Use these questions to help you.Let’s Go Somewhere! Comprehension questions: 69 . 4.isnet. From where is the best place to absorb the views of the Nile? 3. Finally. 4.8 (http://www. What recently caused concern? Unit 4 .years ago Many of the poorer people still dress in the same way as their ancesters Comprehension questions: 1. How much has been spent to save the tower? 2. Write a text about it. it was discovered that the tower had moved two millimeters.

However. Choose the correct words for the bicycle cloze test. They had no pedals. • how to make spoken descriptive of your own. The first _________ were made mostly of wood and they were very heavy. This was not _________ because the roads were very ___________. 7. 6. not smooth as they are today. a person.3. Early names for the bicycle. you begin with identification. What causes the tower to move? How are they trying to correct the fault? What is the real name of the Leaning Tower of Pisa? Why would Pisa hate to lose the tower? Would you be sad if the tower fell? Why? Summary In this unit.starbike. speak for themselves. • how to respond to written descriptive.com) 70 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . • When you describe a place. A rider drove them _________ by using his or her feet in a kind of running __________ on the roadway. you have learned • how to respond to spoken descriptive. ____________ were first __________ 150 years ago. ‘hobby-horse’. or the thing you are describing. 5. the person. Pic. • The rest of the text gives you more details of the physical description. or a thing. 4. You have also learned these. and • how to make written descriptive of your own. ‘penny-farthing’. they were only used for sport or __________.10 (http://weightweenies. • The text also gives us the specific characteristics of the place. 4. Evaluation I. bicycles amusement cycles along action used easy bumpy Bicycle is a word meaning ‘two circles’. and ‘bone-shaker’.

The advantages of knowing how to describe a place. Read the text carefully. What is the opposite of the word ‘smooth’ used in this text? 5. When describing a place. n v v n adj. what did people use bicycles for? 3. What does the word ‘bicycle’ mean? 2.II. I think I know how to describe a place. or a thing. a person. or a thing for my study are _______________________________ _____________________ __________________________________ Vocabulary List Words alley amazing brick climate commit duty free reasonable sin speak for sunbathe troop vast wander Parts of Speech n adj. What were cycles made of previously? 4. In the past. kesalahan menjelaskan berjemur tentara luas berkeliling              Unit 4 . What were the early names of the bicycle? Explain each of them.Let’s Go Somewhere! 71 . 2. 1. I need to include __________________ ___________________________. Reflection 1. n n v adj. or a thing. a person. adj. a person. v Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent gang menakjubkan batu bata iklim melakukan bebas pajak pantas dosa. Answer these questions.

Find how airplanes fly. See the moon. Visit Rome.Fun Page Guess what place the following poem is describing! It looks like any building When you pass it on the street. Made of stone and glass and marble. Huff 72 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . But inside you can ride A camel or a train. or Nome. plant a tree. You cannot tell its magic By the way the building looks But there’s wonderment within it The wonderment of books. Siam. Train a horse. a sandy dune. Made of iron and concrete. A world is there for you to share When adventure calls. Or catch a whooping pike. Barbara A. How to bake a pie. Have all the dogs you’d like. Everything that books can bring You’ll find inside those walls. Go to sea. Meet a king. learn to sing. Feel a hurricane. and of course.

you will learn how to:  comprehend transactional conversations: e.com) In this unit.g.caglepost. saying agreement and disagreement. Unit 5 .5. giving and asking for opinion/information.What do you think 73 .1 (www. giving advice. giving and asking for opinion/information.  produce transactional conversations: e. giving advice and recommendation.UNIT 5 What do you think? Pic. and recommendation.g. saying agreement and disagreement.

Mirza. then. : What do you mean. You can fish along its beautiful seashores.5. Butet Mirza Butet Mirza Butet Mirza Butet Pic. it takes a lot of our time. don’t forget to wear sportshoes. : Is that so? I think I’ll try your advice. It’s a nice fishing pool. It is more exciting when you catch a fish.com) 72 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . go to Sumber Brantas. There is a good and calm place to fish in the river. But. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly wthe scenery. Or. Thanks Mirza. : I don’t think so. : In that case I think you are right.wordpress. you cannot be in a hurry. doesn’t it? : I agree with you.files. Fins’ Fishing Pond. it also teaches us patience. you know. for example. please? : Many. Dialogue 1 Butet Mirza Butet Mirza Butet Mirza Butet Mirza Butet Mirza : Fishing is a boring activity. Butet. Can you recommend a place to fish. It is boring if you don’t know the secret. if you fish there. : How about Sutami Dam? Is it also an interesting fishing place? : I think so. But. I don’t recommend it to you. it’s interesting.Section One : Agreeing and Disagreeing Presentation Activity 1 Listen and repeat the dialogues below. : Good. It can be slippery along its shores. Will you come along with me next Sunday. But. Mirza? : Absolutely. then. Mirza. Let’s go fishing together.2 (www. There are too many big waves. : Really? How about Pantai Ngliyep? Is it also good to fish? : I don’t think so. Mirza? : Sure. : How can? : When fishing.heri. : I think I’ll go fishing in Sutami Dam. You can also go to Sendang Biru.

Types of Expression Agreeing Expressions in the Conversation __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ _________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ Disagreeing Giving advice Giving recommendation Giving opinions/ information Asking for opinions/ information Unit 5 . 3. 9.With a partner. 6.What do you think 73 . does fishing take a short period of time? What does Mirza advise Butet when fishing? Does Butet agree on Mirza’s advice? How many places does Mirza recommend Butet to go fishing? Why does Mirza recommend these places? Activity 2 Work in pair. 5. 2. What are Butet and Mirza talking about? Does Mirza like fishing? In Mirza’s opinion. Then write down the expressions you can identify with your partner from the text in the table that follows. 7. 10. giving advice and recommendation and giving and asking for opinions/information. Identify the expressions above that is used to show agreement and disagreement. now answer the following questions: 1. 8. 4. why does Butet think that fishing is boring? What does Mirza think about fishing? How does Butet show an agreement with Mirza about fishing? In Butet’s opinion.

. I think so. In my opinion. Are you absolutely sure? That’s really surprises me. Agreement I agree completely. Either form of disagreement is acceptable. I refuse to believe that …. but I have to disagree. that’s wrong. and disagreement. You are right. I wonder if there is a mistake. Pic. we can disagree either directly or indirectly.. 74 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Read them aloud and study the expressions. but . PSMP. I’m not sure I can agree. I couldn’t agree less. I couldn’t disagree more. Sure. . Read them aloud and study the expressions. No. In my opinion. 5..2 (Dit. Direct disagreement Indirect disagreement I’m sorry. you are right. Activity 4 The following are some more examples of expressions used in giving advice and/ or recommendation. That’s just what I am thinking.Activity 3 The following are some more examples of expressions to show agreement.. 2006) Disagreement When disagreeing with someone. I couldn’t agree more. Exactly. although indirect disagreement sounds more polite. I may be wrong.

I suppose … … I suppose. how Where is … ? How much is it … ? When does it … ? Why is it … ? Use a rising intonation to ask for information with yes-no questions. I guess … . I think … . ? Does it … ? Is s/he … ? Does s/he … ? Using Wh-words like where. … I guess Activity 6 Work in pairs. … . we have to use our mobile phones wisely. mass is not the same as weight . Combine the part of sentences in Part A with those in Part B Part A I agree completely with you that I think that In my opinion. when.What do you think 75 . … . Part B bullying should be stopped. . Read them aloud and study the expressions. To say frankly.Activity 5 Giving advice You can … I advise that … My advice is that … You had better … Giving recommendation You can … I recommend that … My recommendation is that … The following are some more examples of expressions to ask for and give opinions/information.word questions. In my humble opinion. … . To be honest. computers play an important role in our study. Unit 5 . … . Giving opinions In my opinion. … I think. Asking for opinions What do you think of … ? What is your opinion about … ? Do you think that …? What do you think? What would you say about …? Asking for information Using Yes-No questions Is it …. Use a rising intonation to ask for information with question. we need to have enough vitamins.

that’s surely wrong. you always have in touch with your academic adviser. Andre? : Bees for example give us honey. smoking cigarettes has advantages. my new science books? the appearance of our new school? the cleanliness in our environment? the idea of thinking hard and working smart? making our environment green? Activity 8 Practice reading with a friend the following short dialogues. Firdaus. you spend your time and money wisely. but I have to disagree on your last point. 76 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . And I am sure Pontianak is more humid. please? : Sure. It’s about 4 hours. too. Remember Diana? : You are right. Dialogue 1 Diana Andre Diana Andre Diana Dialogue 2 Sari Firdaus Sari Firdaus Dialogue 3 Dadang Ucok Dadang Ucok Dadang : Can you recommend any interesting places in North Sumatra. : Don’t you think that insects cause more problems to us? : No. : How can I get there from Medan? : Well. Andre. : Really? What does it offer? : I believe Jakarta is hotter than Pontianak : No.I’m sure I cannot agree that I’m sorry. you can take a bus. Sari. pollution is still under control. young people today have no attention to our environment. Many are useful. Not all insects cause problems. bases and acids share the same chemical characteristics. Lake Toba is certainly one good place to visit you should not miss. : I’m sorry. Pontianak is closer to the equator. : You are right. : How can you say that. but I have to disagree that It’s wrong to believe that I advise that … I recommend that … My recommendation is that … What do you think of … What is your opinion about … What would you say about … illegal logging should be tolerated. all of you have a break after long hours of studying.

Semeru . rowing or swimming. That’s only for earlier units. : Oh really. answer the following questions: 1. Now.Ucok Dadang : Well. :I ……….. Besides. Merapi? What is Budi’s opinion about Mt. Moreover. Merapi? Does Budi have the same opinion as Dana’s about Mt. After that. 5. What are Dana and Budi talking about? What is Dana’s opinion about Mt. Dialogue 1 Dana Budi Dana Budi : Mt. 4. Merapi looks more attractive to see. : I …………. the later units need more thinking. answer the questions. Semeru is higher than Mt. …………… Dina. Semeru? Does Dana agree with Budi? Dialogue 2 Mika Fredi Mika Fredi 1. : I ……………. …………… .. : I don’t deny it. Practice Activity 1 Work with a partner. 3.. Just try it. Dana.. :I ………. Give your response as required in complete sentences.What do you think 77 . 2. then. you can go fishing. But. exercises in Book II are easier than those in Book I. Merapi is more active than Mt.. I’ll think it over. the scenery is so wonderful. What are Mika and Fredi talking about? What does Fredi think about Book II? Does Mika have the same opinion as Fredi? Does Fredi agree with Mika finally? Activity 2 Give an oral response to the following situations as is said by one of your classmates. . 2. 4. : Thanks for your advice. Mt. 3. Merapi I ……. Dana. Later units of Book II are also still easy if you really try. Mika? Let me try it. Thanks. Unit 5 . Fill in the blank in each of the following dialogues with the correct expression. : No. Mt. Budi.

how would you respond? Your response: …………………………………………… 2) Respond orally if you agree with the speaker? Your response: …………………………………………… 3) Give your personal opinion about the situation. 1) If you agree with the speaker. A shining object presents the color of the light that it sends into our eyes. It’s big and round. I have blown a balloon. If I put the balloon for some time.Situation 1 Dear class. it will soon become smaller. how would you respond? Your response: ……… …………………………………… 2) Respond orally if you disagree with the speaker? Your response: …………………………………………… 3) Give your personal opinion about the situation. Do you know why? It’s because these objects produce or reflect lights into our eyes. the color of the light that enters our eyes from the sky in the clear sky during the day is blue. Your response: …………………………………………… 78 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . we can see objects. 1) If you disagree with the speaker. So. Your response: …………………………………………… 4) What information would you explain to the situation? Your response: …………………………………………… 5) What advice would you give to the speaker? Your response: …………………………………………… Situation 2 My dear classmates. Why is it smaller? Is it because the mouth of the balloon is not tied up right? I don’t think so because it’s tied up closely. I think the air in the balloon escapes through rubber walls of the balloon.

. Situation 4: Your friend needs your advice of a good way to study English...... it is …………..... Situation 1 : You and your friend are talking about past time games....... (express a disagreement and give reasons) Situation 3: You and your friend are talking about football player..What do you think 79 ... Your friend : I think playing hide-and-seek is as interesting as playing dakon. (ask an opinion) Your friend : Bambang Pamungkas is the best football player ....... You : I .... It ………………..... Situation 5: Your friend needs your recommendation of an entertaining place... (express an agreement) Situation 2: You and your friend are talking about lessons.... Your friend : In my opinion physics is more important than maths You : I .4) What information would you explain to the situation? Your response: …………………………………………… 5) How would you ask the speaker about the color that comes into our eyes from the sky at night time? Your response: …………………………………………… Activity 3 Complete the following short dialogues with real and appropriate expressions and then act them out.. You : ……………… (give an advice) Your friend : That’s a good idea. I think I’ll consider it.. Your friend : What is a good recreational place for children? You : Yes... You : …………………........... (give recommendation and information for your recommendation) Unit 5 ....

com) Section Two: Writing permission letters/notes Presentation Activity 1 When you are away from a class. Han.Production Activity 1 Work in pairs. : What was it like? Was it difficult? : Yes. On the other hand. : Hi. 2006) 80 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . There are many reasons why you are away from class. PSMP. etc. make a dialogue 1. Aya Ida Han Aya Ida Han Aya Han Ida 1. Bella thinks it would be cheaper to buy a used handphone since it is not expensive. You disagree. It was terrible! What is the conversation about? Who was not at school? Why? What illness did Han suffer from? Pic. answer the questions. : Lucky you! We had a math test. 5. it was. 5. Give your reason. 2. 2. Where were you yesterday? : Why weren’t you at school? : I was at home in bed all day. You may agree or disagree. Then. make up a dialogue of your own. I didn’t. such as being sick. family matters. Pic. Based on the situation below. you miss the lesson.3 (www. 3. Ian thinks that people in small towns are friendlier than those in big cities. : Poor little baby! Were you sick? : Did you have a stomachache? : No. I had a sore throat and a temperature.imagezoo. Listen and repeat the conversation below after the teacher. Give a reason. Ani and Bella are classmates. Ani wants a brand new one. Hani says that Scooby Doo is better than Tom and Jerry. Activity 2 Work in pairs. Ani is interested in buying a handphone. Based on each of the situations below.4 (Dit.

Then answer the questions. 2. The letter has the following parts. Sincerely yours. Atmadiwirya? 5. 4. Read the note from a student to the teacher. Please excuse me from school yesterday. Who was Ms. I had a sore throat and a temperature. Work with a partner to answer the following questions: 1. 5. Marantika Wijaya Unit 5 .What do you think 81 . Atmadiwirya. you need to let your teacher know your reason for not coming to the class. 3.salutation . Who wrote the letter? 2. Was Marantika hospitalized? Activity 4 Observe the letter written by Marantika. I didn’t feel quite well and stayed in bed all day. Can you identify? sender – signature – closing – body . Is it necessary to write a letter to your teacher? Why? What may happen if you do not write a letter? What is the purpose of writing a letter? What is the letter like? What should you write in the letter? Activity 3 Being away from school. 5. 2008 Dear Ms. What was wrong with him? 3. Questions 1.4. Why did Aya say that Han was lucky? Could they do the test? Activity 2 If you cannot attend the class. Look at the parts of the letter. When did he not attend the class? 4. you should ask a permission and give the teacher the reasons.addressee -date May 25th. One way is by writing a letter.

we write Ms. Sonia. 2008 Dear Mr. we do not write Ms. 2008 Dear Hopefully I can cath up with the materials I will miss from your class Please accept my appology for not attending your class on june 15. Instead./ Ms. 2008 Sincerely yours Thank you Activity 2 Complete the following permission letter.Activity 5 How are some of the parts of the letter written? Can you identify? Here is a simple rule of how to write some parts.         I have to come with my mother to a family’s wedding ceremony Wieke Rumaropen June 13. The following is parts of a letter that is sent by a student to the teacher. These parts are made jumbled. it is normally considered impolite to write the title followed with the first or the middle name. Therefore.Year Salutation mark Title and Family Name Purpose/explanattion Salutation mark Sender’s signature Sender’s full name Marantika Wijaya Way to Write May 25th. if the teacher’s name is Julian Sonia Atmadiwirya. write the family name. but not the first name or the middle name. Part Date Salutation Addressee Body Closing Signature Sender Rule to Write Month – Day . Julian or Ms. Copy these parts and put them in their appropriate place. You cannot attend classes because you have to attend your sister’s wedding. Practice Activity 1 Work in pairs. Atmadiwirya. So. 82 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Atmadiwirya Please excuse … etc Sincerely yours Cultural notes: In writing the addressee’s name.

.... Please excuse me from school ..... Dear ..... c.......... cough and running nose....................................... I ........ Submit the tape to your teacher.. ______________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ _________ Homework 1.......... I ........... d........................... These include how to agree and disagree..... Inform her that he/she is having a temperature............ In pairs make dialogues on how to: agree and disagree give advice/recommendation give and ask for opinions ask and give for information.... Then record your dialogues on a tape........ b............. 2. how to give and ask for opinions.......................... how to write Unit 5 .. how to ask and give for information. a. Sincerely yours......... Production Activity 1 Write a letter to inform your teacher that you cannot join his/her class because you have to attend your brother’s graduation ceremony out of town.What do you think 83 ................ Write a permission letter to your brother/sister’s English teacher.. .. how to give advice/recommendation....................................... 200......April........... Summary In this unit you have learned how to use several language functions.

I couldn’t agree less. No. you are right.permission notes. I’m sure I cannot agree that I’m not sure I can agree. Exactly. You are right. Are you absolutely sure? That’s really surprises me. and how to write invitation cards. You can … I advise that … My advice is that … You had better … You can … I recommend that … My recommendation is that … What do you think of … ? What is your opinion about … ? Do you think that …? What do you think? What would you say about …? Is it …. that’s wrong. but I have to disagree. In my opinion. I may be wrong. I refuse to believe that …. I wonder if there is a mistake. but .... ? Does it … ? Is s/he … ? Does s/he … ? Where is … ? How much is it … ? When does it … ? To disagree To advise/To recommend To ask opinion To ask information 84 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . I couldn’t agree more. These are summarized as shown below. Sure. I think so. I’m sorry. That’s just what I am thinking. . Functions To agree Language Forms I agree completely.. I couldn’t disagree more. In my opinion.

Make a dialogue between Andin and Baskoro using the following information. … . In my humble opinion. 8. 2. asks what is the most important thing for studying expresses doubt. gives own method gives opinion gives agreement. act out the dialogue. … I guess. closing. … . 3. To say frankly. make sure that you include the following points in the letter/notes: occasion. date.To give opinion In my opinion. gives preclosing says good-bye Baskoro greets Andin answers question asks Andin the same question describes his or her study corner gives more information disagrees with Andin’s method. place and salutation Evaluation Task 1: Read the following situation and act out a dialogue based on the situation. 5. To write an invitation letter/note. Andin and Baskoro are both students in the same class. 6. addressee and date. … . To write a permission letter. you need to include the following things in your letter: sender. I think … . 7. 1.What do you think 85 . 3. greets Baskoro asks Baskoro how the test went yesterday tells Baskoro his test score. … I think. salutation. body. Then. 5. 8. asks how Brina studies asks for more details disagrees with Baskoro’s method. To be honest. 7. Unit 5 . 4. 2. gives own opinion replies to preclosing says good-bye 1. Andin is sitting in the cafeteria one day and sees Baskoro carrying a tray full of meals on the tray. signature. … . I suppose … … I suppose. Andin. 6. time. 4. I guess … .

Task 2: Read the weather report that follows carefully. This unit gives me (put tick V): new experiences. there was hotter.. Things that I want to study more are……………… 4. (Source:Dit. sunny weather with the town of Pontianak in the west of Kalimantan the hottest place. 3.. It wasn’t good news in Europe however. very little learning experiences. PSMP.. and parts of north-eastern Italy on Monday and Tuesday. 2006) Complete the information in the table..... Then complete the task The World Weather Report March 15th There was heavy snow and windy weather in Chicago on Monday. and there was also heavy rain on the west coast of the United State-particularly in and around the city of San Francisco. Things were no better on other side of the world in Australia – there was extremely heavy rain in the state of Queensland... In south-east Asia.. very little learning strategy. Locations Chicago San Fransisco Queensland Pontianak The Balkans North-east Italy Irskutsk Weather Snow... The temperature was 30 degrees the warmest so far this year. Things are getting a little better in the city of Irkutsk in eastern Siberia. with 475 mm of rain falling in just five days. however the temperature went about zero degrees for the first time since last November... There was heavy snow in the Balkans. 86 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . windy Extra information 475 mm of rain in five days Reflections 1.. The most interesting part in this unit is………. 2.. very useful learning strategy. The activity that I like best in this unit is .... very useful learning experiences.

Read the statements. I can ask information. Then. f.The reason why I like it is as follows: ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 5. I can make responses to advice/ recommendation. no. very well well little Vocabulary List Words allowance fabulous gorgeous marvelous permission scenery scarf recommendation regret suit Parts of Speech n adj adj adj n n n n verb n Phonetic Transcription           Indonesian Equivalent uang saku      selendang    Unit 5 . I can give advice/recommendation. I can make responses to agreement and disagreement. I can state agreement and disagreement. b. c. Statements a.What do you think 87 . I can write a letter of permission. e. g. give tick (v) to yes. I can give an opinion. some. d.

What did the writer not get from you? 3. Do you think that the writer is angry with you? 88 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .Fun Page Pic. PSMP. What did Lee not do to the writer? 5. How many persons are there mentioned? 4.5 (Dit. What is the chant about? 2. 2006) Questions 1. 5.

Once upon a time ..UNIT 6 Once upon a time (Narrative) Pic.com) In this unit.. you will learn to:  comprehend oral narrative texts. Unit 6 .  create written narrative texts.hometowncobb. 6.  read and understand written narrative texts.1 (www.  present oral narrative texts accurately. 79 .

Answer these questions. Now. Do you know the Indonesian word of “slaves”? What do the slaves do? Do you think that slaves do a lot of ‘help’ to their master? Have you ever heard bad things that a master does to the slaves? Do you think that helping each other is a good thing to do? Activity 2 Your teacher will tell you a story about a slave. let’s learn the pronunciation of some words from the story first. 4. Listen and repeat after the teacher. With a partner. Word slave landlord master forest cave roar thorn foot escape Pronunciation /sleiv/ // // // // // // // // Activity 3 Now. No 1 has been done for you Use your dictionary Column A 1) slave 2) landlord 3) master Column B a) telapak kaki b) auman c) hutan 80 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 3. let’s learn the meaning of the words. 2.Section One: Spoken Narratives Presentation Activity 1 In the past rich people or landlords had slaves. draw a line to match the word in Column A with the meaning in Column B. 1. The slaves worked for long hours everyday for their master. 5. Your teacher will ask you questions related with a slave.

. there was a slave whose name was Babu. would you do the same thing to the lion? Where do you think would the slave and the animal live then? Do you think it’s fun to live with wild animals? Unit 6 .. was a very big lion.. It’s very painful.” Babu walked bravely to the lion and pulled out the thorn. In front of him. (http://ursispaltenstein.Once upon a time ... isn’t it? But he could not escape. Was the slave afraid of the animal? 9.. Babu was scared to death! Kind of scary. he often punched Babu and did not offer him food for days. Poor Babu! So he escaped into a forest and slept in a cave. But the lion didn’t attack him.6. There was a large thorn in its right front foot.. 81 . Was the master kind or bad? 4. he heard a loud roar.. at the mouth of the cave.4) forest 5) cave 6) roar 7) thorn 8) foot 9) escape d) budak e) duri f) tuan g) melarikan diri h) gua i) tuan tanah Activity 4 Your teacher will tell you a story about a slave. What was the slave’s name? 2. (Adapted from GB Shaw’s play: Androcles and the Lion) While listening. Babu and the lion turned out to be friends. You know. if you were the slave in the story. It seemed to say something like:”Please help me. Next morning. Where did the slave run away? 5. Where did she/he sleep? 6. What did the slave do to the animal? Well.2 below. It was tame. Did the animal attack him/her? 10. Babu and the Lion One day. You see. Listen carefully. Close your book. Was the slave a man or a woman? 3.. Was the animal big or small? 8. His master was very. The lion looked at Babu. find the answers to the questions Pic. What animal did she/he see next morning? 7.ch/blog) 1. very bad.

The foot was . The slave .. 3. Change the verb forms in the bracket. by the roar of the lion. Babu walked .. Activity 2 We use the Simple Past Tense of verbs to show events that happened in the past. 4... 8. punched bravely 1. 1. He ... we just add the ending –ed to the verbs to make the past form of the verbs.. Babu . His master (look) at him with anger. 2. The affirmative form: Subject + Verb-ed Look at the following examples. a loud roar. 6... The master often . For days. 3.. Babu’s master (treat) him badly. 5. 10. towards the lion. his slave.. 6. slept frightened ran away attack bad painful lame heard The . He (work) for a master who was very bad..  A lion appeared in front of the mouth of the cave. With regular verbs... him. his master (offer) him no meals at all. It was . The lion walked unsteadily. The lion did not . 2.. Activity 3 Now. 5. A thorn pained its right foot. His master (dislike) him very much.Practice Activity 1 Complete each sentence below with the correct word from the box.. master didn’t give him food.. 82 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 9. in a cave..  Babu escaped to the forest... from his master. He was . practice using the Simple Past Tense of verbs to show events that happened in the past... . 7.  The master talked to Babu. 4. Babu (live) years ago with his master...

To do that. Do you want to know what happened to them then? Now let’s continue the story. make the draft of your story using the following flowchart. Activity 4 Work in pairs.nz) What did Babu’s master want? What did he report to the king? What did the king do? Where was Babu put? What animal was in the pit? What did Babu ever do to the animal? Did it attack Babu or not? What did it do to Babu? What did finally happen to Babu and the lion? • • • • • • • • • Babu’s master wanted to arrest him. 2. Babu and the lion (help) each other as friends. The king sent some soldiers to catch Babu. Before retelling the story.6. 8.3 (http://collection. The lion licked Babu’s hands and face. 10. Finally. Retell the slave and the lion story using your own words. follow these questions. Poor Babu (escape) to the jungle. With your classmates. Babu (pull) a thorn out of the lion’s foot. the king freed Babu and the lion. arrange the sentences in the box below. It was the lion that Babu helped. It did not attack him. 9.. He reported his escape to the king.govt. 6. Make sure that you retell it clearly and use correct pronunciation. 4. 3. 83 . Unit 6 . 9.. 1. In the pit.aucklandartgallery. hungry lion.Once upon a time . Pic. He was put into a pit.7. there was a big. 8. 7. A big lion (roar) in front of the mouth of the cave. Activity 4 Let’s get back to the slave and the lion in the story. 5.

__________________________________________ __________________________________________ What happened next? __________________________________________ _________________________________________ Tell more about it __________________________________________ __________________________________________ What happened finally? __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Production Activity 1 Please tell a story you know well to your classmates and teacher. Sangkuriang from West Java. etc. Your story can be a local folklore. 84 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . familiar to all of you. the story of Tengger from East Java.When? Who? What happened? __________________________________________ __________________________________________ What happened next? __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Tell more about it. for example Malin Kundang from West Sumatera.

You may use the following questions to guide you. You can also use the table following the questions. Make sure that you retell it clearly and use correct pronunciation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Where did it happen? When did it happen? Who were the characters? What happened to the characters? How did the characters resolve the problems? What was the ending of the story?

when who where how

what problem(s)

lessons learned or end of the story

solution(s) to the problem(s) in series of activities

When you finish your story, share the story to the whole class. Have questions and answers with your classmates.

Section Two:
Written Narratives

Presentation
Activity 1
Discuss these questions with a friend. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Do you tell local folktales or legends to your little sisters or brothers? Which folktale or local legends do you like best? Who were the characters? What happened to these characters? Was it a sad or happy ending?

Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...

85

Activity 2
Have you ever heard the story of a princess named Snow White? Here is a short version of the story. Read it carefully.

Snow White
Long ago, in the Neverland, there lived a very beautiful princess, Snow White. The Queen was her stepmother. She was very jealous of her beauty. So she wanted her to die. Snow White knew about the evil plan. She escaped into a forest. There she made friends with seven dwarfs. The queen turned Snow White into a witch. Snow White did not realize it. The witch gave her a poisoned Pic.6.4 apple. As a result, Snow White was put into sleep for (http:///www.pewterkingdom.com/) years. Fortunately, in the end, Prince Charming revived her with a kiss. They lived together happily ever after. (Free adaptation from Grimms’ fairy tale)

Activity 3
According to the story, say whether each statement below is true or false. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Snow White was a beautiful queen. Her own mother was jealous of her beauty. Snow White ran away from her palace. She lived with Prince Charming in a forest. Snow White was poisoned by her stepmother. Her stepmother was evil. The dwarfs helped Prince Charming revive Snow White. Snow White and Prince Charming had a happy life after that.

Activity 4
Answer these questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. What is the story about? When and where did the story happen? What problems did Snow White have? What happened to her then? Who came to help her? What did he do to Snow White? How did they live after that?

86

Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII

Activity 5
How are narratives written? Answer these questions and read the explanation in the box carefully. Let’s get back to the story of Snow White. 1. 2. Who are the main characters of the Snow White story? ___________________________________________________ Where did this story take place? ___________________________________________________ In the middle of the story the writer tells us what happens to Snow White. This part of the story contains a problem that Snow White experienced. 3. What evil things did the Queen do to Snow White? ____________________________________________________ In the middle of the story the writer tells us what happens to Snow White. This part of the story contains a problem that Snow White experienced. 4. Did Snow White wake up from her long sleep? How did she wake up? ______________________________________________________ At the end of the story the writer tells us the way out of the problem that Snow White faced.

Activity 6
In most narratives writers are writing about things that happened in the past. Therefore, the verbs are in the past tense form. Now change these verbs in the following into the past tense. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Today, the prince lives happily with the princess. Years ago he (live) a sad life. Today, the prince obtains what he wants easily. Years ago he (obtain) what he (want) with difficulties. Today, the prince realizes that the princess loves him very much. Years ago he (realize) that the princess (love) him little. Today, the prince likes his castle very much. Years ago the prince hardly (like) his castle. Today, the prince revives his love to the princess. Years ago the prince hardly (revive) his love to the princess.
Unit 6 - Once upon a time ...

87

sanur. Column A 1) sunset 2) hunter 3) owl 4) trap Column B a) perangkap b) permintaan c) mengabulkan d) burung hantu 88 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Please put in the capital letters and full stops for her. do the following exercise first. put the verbs used in the sentences above into the table below. we went to bali last july it was our first visit there we visited kuta. Names of people and places start with a capital letter. Dea rewrites her vacation with her family.Now. To learn the meaning of the words. Use your dictionary. but she forgets the capital letters and the full stops. Match each word in Column A with the meaning in Column B. bedugul and other resorts at kuta my brother went surfing i went parasailing at bedugul mum and dad took pictures of us we really enjoyed our vacation. Today the prince lives obtains wants realizes loves likes revives Years ago the prince Activity 7 Punctuations: Capital Letters and Full Stops • • A sentence must start with a capital letter and end with a full stop. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Practice Activity 1 The words below are used in the parts following Activity 1.

She lived with her stepmother and stepsisters. “Give me a large. All were invited. Activity 3 Here is a story for you to rearrange. read the unfinished fairy tale below. How would you continue the story in the part following the text above? 2. “Give me a very huge box of gold coins.. was the house he wanted.Once upon a time .. in front of him. a hunter caught an owl in his trap. 89 . luxurious. Finally the Prince found Cinderella and they got married and lived happily ever after.” he asked. Her stepsisters would not let her go with them. furnished house with a beautiful garden.5) set free 6) paradise 7) grant 8) wishes 9) furnished 10) huge e) matahari terbenam f) surga g) berperabot h) sangat besar i) pemburu j) membebaskan Activity 2 With a friend. Once upon a time there was a girl called Cinderella. It was a paradise owl. 3. The owl begged the hunter to free it. “Give me a very beautiful. Pay a close attention to its parts so that it becomes a good narrative. Will you prefer to have a sad ending? How? Please write. loving wife who is good at cooking. They were very very bossy.” said the hunter. One day. the owl promised to grant him three wishes. And there. She had to do all the housework. Unit 6 . 1. And again he got what he wanted. In return..” And. Cinderella was sad. One day there was a party at the palace. Will you make it a happy-ending story? How? Please write..

Sarah saw a very big melon and decided to ………. The prince said “Who are you? Calm down. She used to go out of the melon and get her food. who lived with her step mother. Her step mother was very bossy. One day a prince visited the farm and saw the big melon. The step mother behave ………………………… in the family.Aisha and Fozya Activity 2 Complete these sentences based on the information in the story above. After that she hid in a big melon. 3.. After a while. greedy and arrogant. Suddenly she saw a big melon farm and went in it. One day when her father was working out side. The story talk about ………………………………………………. 6. please come out. She left him one of her glass shoes and went home. She hated Sarah a lot. Sarah said “Don’t cut me please!” They were all surprised at this situation. 7. In the end Sarah …………………………………………………… 90 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . the clock stroke twelve.. He fell in love with her.’’ the prince said. The prince’s guards started to cut the melon but they heard a voice from it. The Fairy Godmother came and helped her to go to the ball. “Cut this melon I want to eat it. Sarah left the house one day because …………………………….The Prince took her glass shoe. 5. The guards stopped cutting the melon because ……………….” After that she came out. Written by Sanaa. ………………………saw a big melon wanted to eat the melon. in side it. She went out side and walked far away from the house. the step mother hit Sarah and expelled her from the house. Read the story carefully. Once upon a time there was a beautiful girl called Sarah. He traveled around the country to find a girl that matched the glass shoe. Cinderella danced with the prince. She told him her story so the prince decided to marry her and they lived happily ever after. 2. 1. 4. Production Activity 1 Here is another story for you to read.

Activity 3 Now let’s write a story together. If you answer ‘no’. You can choose a folktale or a local legend. go back to your story and fix it.. If you can answer yes to that question.Once upon a time .. read the checklist below. Where and when? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Who were in the story? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ What was the problem? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ How did they try to solve the problem? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ How did the story end? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Activity 4 After you finish writing your narrative. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 What to check Have you mentioned the time? Have you mentioned the place? Have you mentioned the characters? Have you mentioned what happened to the characters? Have you mentioned how the characters solve the problems? Have you mentioned the ending of the story? Have you used verbs in past tense? Have you checked your spelling and punctuation? Yes No Unit 6 . 91 . This will help you edit your narrative. Use the story plan below to write notes for your narrative. tick the yes column.

I have written an interesting story. Submit the tape to your teacher. Then record story on a tape. Make sure that you speak clearly with a good pronunciation. Good morning my classmates. Besides. 6. complete it with series of pictures. Summary In this unit you have learned two important ways of narrating. Make sure that you include all in your story. 2006) Homework 1. 2. Write a narrative of your own adventure.. secondly.Activity 5 Now. how to write a narrative text. Use the checklist in Activity 2 above.5 (Dit. first. We have learned. when you have finished your story. To introduce problems that the characters face To present how the characters find solutions to the problems To conclude the story or how the story ends Evaluation Task 1: Fill in the blanks with the words from the box. share your story to the whole class. on this occasion let me tell you my story about …. In pairs tell a story of a local legend. Pic. PSMP. Present your story to the class orally. we also learned that narrative stories consist of the following elements: Part Setting Characters Complication Action Ending Function To introduce ‘where’ and ‘when’ of the story To introduce the people – main characters and others – who were involved in the story. rehearse the story and mind your pronunciation. kept grabbed appeared wished opened lived went fell in love awoke wanted 92 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . how to retell a narrative orally and. To make it more interesting. Well.

with her and asked her to marry him.......... He lit the candle and made a wish. and they got married the next day. 2.. The wanderer (3).... but (5). So he lit the candle again and wished for some jewelry..... the magic candle from the devil’s table and ran away.” Suddenly the genies (6). it for himself. Then the Princess came to buy the jewelry. “In a castle not far from here. 6.Once upon a time ..... The wanderer (8).. 4. but there was nothing left.. He knocked on the door and an old woman (1) ………… it.. He sold them to the guests and was soon making a lot of money. what did he do then? How was the devil? What did the wanderer take from the devil? Did the old woman get her magic candle back from the wanderer? Why? What did the wanderer do with the magic candle for himself? Was the princess happy with the wanderer’s story? What happened finally to the wanderer? Why? Unit 6 .. 5...... the wanderer told the princess about his adventure and the magic candle.One day a young wanderer got lost in a wood... 9... There he found the devil.. the princess got very angry. (Adapted from Fun Plus 05) Task 2: Answer the following questions based on the story above. 93 . What does the story talk about? What does the first paragraph deal with? After talking with an old woman.. She was crying... to the castle...... The wanderer (7) ………… to make some money.... and found himself back in his ugly house in the village. The candle could grant anything she asked........ that the wanderer disappeared... But the wanderer was not a kind man..... The kind princess said ‘Yes’....” said the old woman. but he was old and weak. Suddenly he saw a light from an old hut.. The wanderer asked her where the devil (2) ……….. Therefore when the wanderer (4). Hearing that.. 3. “I want to go far away from here. 7. The Magic Candle Questions 1. In the morning the wanderer (10) …………….. At night she lit the candle and (9) ……………...... He didn’t return the candle to the old woman. She said that the devil had stolen her magic candle.. and took him to a beautiful palace..... There was party in the palace..... In his happiness. 8.. he couldn’t chase him...

Please put the words or phrases in the box below into the appropriate part order. PSMP. 6. Pic. rewrite the story above. Use the arrows to show the flow of the plan of the story.Task 3: In your own words. You may use the questions in Task 2 above to help you write the story of your own. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 94 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . lessons learned or end of the story solution(s) to the problem(s) in series of activities when who where how what problem(s) 2. Reflections 1.6 (Dit. 2006) Write the steps of writing a narrative in a flowchart. Mention the activity that you like best in this unit and the reasons why you like it.

.Vocabulary list Words begged cave escaped evil furnished house landlord poisoned revived slave slavery Parts of Speech verb noun verb noun noun noun verb verb noun noun Phonetic Transcription           Indonesian Equivalent meminta gua melarikan jahat Rumah perabot lengkap Tuan tanah meracuni Hidup kembali budak perbudakan Unit 6 .. 95 .Once upon a time .

Fun Page Questions 1. Do people from different parts of the world greet each other in the same way? How do they greet each other? Do we also greet each other in our culture? How do we greet each other? 96 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 3. 4. 2.

inviting. 7. you will learn to: comprehend transactional conversations: e. telephone calls. requesting. requesting.  read and understand written short functional texts.g.  create written short functional texts.1 (Dit.g.  produce transactional conversations: e. telephone calls.UNIT 7 Making Telephone Calls Pic.Making Telephone Calls 97 . PSMP. inviting.  Unit 7 . 2006) In this unit.

When the number of a pair is the same. First. Requesting and Inviting Presentation Activity 1 Your teacher and you will talk about telephoning. answer the questions. it is read as ‘double ’.Section One: Telephoning. How would you do it? Each figure is spoken individually. Look at the examples below: 0341463293 (oh three four one four six three two nine three) 0817532747 (oh eight one seven five three two seven four seven) 0264995544 (oh six four double nine double five double four) Now. answer the following questions: Have you ever made a telephone call? How do you make the call? Using a telephone set at home? A mobile phone? Who do you frequently call? When do you usually need to make a call? Who has ever made a telephone call in English? To whom? Activity 2 What is your phone number? Sometimes you need to mention a phone number. Then. 98 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .  0855 234 472 363  567 475  770 099  496 663  0272 338 225  496371 Activity 3 Listen and repeat the following phone conversation. practice saying these phone numbers correctly.

PSMP. please. PSMP.3 (Dit. Adi : Bye. : Bob speaking. Parker Industries. Pic. Kale : Secretary : Mr. Is that G-A-L-E? No.2 (Dit. 5. Bob : Thank you.Making Telephone Calls 99 . Would you like to leave a message? Yes. (a minute later) Adi : Ok. Pic. : Oh. 7. Ok. 2006) Questions : 1. Who are the speakers? Do they know each other? How does Bob open the conversation? What does Bob want? What does Adi offer? What will Adi tell Mary? Activity 4 Listen and repeat after the teacher. : Can I take a message? : Yes. : Hello. May I help you? Hello. please. Can I speak to Mary.m. please? I’m sorry. Mr. 2. 3. Kale is speaking on the phone with the secretary of Parker Industries. She is not home right now. 4. May I speak to Ms. 2006) Unit 7 . Bye. Kale : Good morning. it’s K-A-L-E. in front of the City Public Library? Adi : All right. I’ll get a pen. She’s not in. This is Mr. Bob : Could you tell her to meet Bob at 7 p. : Wait a second. Kale : Secretary : Mr. Listen and repeat Secretary : Mr. Kale.Bob Adi Bob Adi Bob Adi Bob Adi : Hello. Graham. Finally answer the questions below. Thanks. 7. Observe how the speakers open the conversation and close the conversation. please? : Hm.

Yes Mr. Goodbye. Questions 1. Friday at 2:30. Thank you. Hi Hi. Good morning. 356-4031. I’ll give Ms Graham the messages. Goodbye.Secretary : Mr. Good morning Hallo Hallo Hi Hi. Graham when she arrives at the office? How does he close the conversation? Activity 5 Study the telephone conversation in Activities 3 and 4 above once again. And would you ask her to phone me this afternoon? My number is 356-4031. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each other? What does he say to open the conversation? What does he want? What will the secretary tell Ms. Could you please tell her the meeting is on Friday at 2: 30. develops and ends. The response is also ‘Hello’. Kale : dalam kotak Secretary : Mr. Source: Richards. 2. Sorry. Observe how the conversation begins. 5. Kale : Secretary : All right. That’s right. Kale. Good morning. 4. Listen and repeat. Is it 463 765 Good morning Hallo Siti speaking. Here are some more expressions you may use in the beginning stage of a telephone conversation. there. Good evening. Kale : Secretary : Mr. Can you identify the expression to open the telephone conversation? Right you can say ‘Hello’. 1991. 3. Is it 0276 345 675 Good evening. You got the wrong number 100 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

6. Bisakah saya tulis pesan Anda? c. salah sambung f. Thanks. Would you like to leave the message? Indonesian equivalents a. Thank you. Mohon meletakkan telepon h. please. you must use special expressions if you want to ask for something or ask somebody to do something in a polite or formal way. I’m sorry you dial the wrong number.Making Telephone Calls 101 . Bye.You may use some expressions in the next stage to end a phone conversation as follows. Bye. Would you like to call back? 7. Maaf. Good bye. Bye. I’m sorry the line is busy. Bye. Draw lines to match them. Boleh tanya. Mohon tunggu sebentar e. please? 3. Bye. May I ask who’s speaking. Match the expressions on the right column with the Indonesian equivalents on the left. Mohon telepon kembali d. Maaf. Would you like to wait for a moment? 2. Thanks for calling. Could you hang off the telephone. See you later. Can you identify these special expressions in the model telephone conversation above? List them here: _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ Activity 7 Here are some expressions used in telephoning. siapa yang bicara. Activity 6 In a phone conversation. Expressions 1. Thanks. 4. Listen and Repeat. Unit 7 . Apakah mau meninggalkan pesan? g. Bye. Can I take a message? 8. saluran sibuk b. Good bye. 5.

Questions 1. 2. Yayah Mrs. Yayah Mrs. please? (b). Do you mind if …? (e). : Thank you. 4. And is that the morning’s paper? : Yes. : May I borrow it? : Sorry. It is.Activity 8 Listen and repeat after the teacher. hello. please? (c). Here are some examples. Sartono Mrs. (informal) Listen and repeat after the teacher. why? Activity 9 When you make a request in a telephone conversation as shown in Activity 8. Would you mind if …? POSSIBLE RESPONSES Wait a moment. It doesn’t matter then. : Oh. Could I speak to John. Sure. please? (d). 5. 3. I haven’t finished reading it yet. (informal) Okay. I see. Mrs. Sartono Mrs. you need to know polite patterns. : Never mind then. Sartono visits her neighbour Mrs. Yayah. Wrong number. Sartono : Oh. Can I speak to John. I’m using it. He is out. Yes. Borrowing a camera Jenny Norma Jenny : Do you mind if I use your camera? : Sorry. Could I use your telephone for a minute? : Please do. May I speak to John. Repeat after the teacher. Yayah Mrs. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each other? How does he open the conversation? What phrase does he use to request? How does he close the conversation? Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes. Sartono Mrs. Certainly. POLITE REQUESTS (a). 102 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Mrs.

Just a second. Unit 7 . (written) Yes. Thanks. Then act them out. Here it is. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each other? How does he open the conversation? What phrase does he use to request? How does he close the conversation? Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes. Could I ask for a pinch of salt.  At a school office Cindy : Brian : Cindy : Brian : Cindy : In a restaurant Amel : Niken : Amel : Niken : In a flat Amir Busro Amir : : : Could I have some paper please? Sure.Questions 1. May I have some doggy bags. POSSIBLE RESPONSES Sure. you also need to know the patterns for inviting somebody. Wait a second. Here you are. Certainly. 5. Certainly. Sorry to bother you. (informal) I would love to. (formal) (a). (d). please? Sure. 3. (c). Repeat after the teacher. Thank you. (informal) Okay. Here are some examples. why? Activity 10 These are some more to learn when people are requesting/asking for things. No problem. How many pieces do you need? 45 pieces should be enough. come/visit … You are cordially invited. Thanks a lot. INVITATIONS Would you … Could you … Please. (b). please? I am running out of it. Listen and repeat. 2.Making Telephone Calls 103 . 4. Here you are.   Activity 12 When you invite.

Hi. Adapted from McLean. 2. could I. I’ve got a couple tickets for the new Brad Pitt’s film. Andre. 6. How are you? : Fine thanks. thanks.Activity 13 Now. Rama Andreta Rama Andreta Rama Andreta Rama Andreta Questions 1. Some other time perhaps. PSMP. 104 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . 2006) tonight because it’s due tomorrow. Can I help you? It’s Ayat-ayat Cinta. 4. Listen and repeat.3 (Dit. : Bye. Use may I. 3. Who are the speakers in the above conversation? Do they know each other? How does he open the conversation? What phrase does he use to invite her? Where does he invite her to go? How does he close the conversation? Do you think it is a polite conversation? If yes. Thanks for calling. : Oh hi. 5. It’s Rama here. I have to finish it Pic. : Oh. Oh yes. Bye. 7. : Sure. But I’m working on an essay. why? Practice Activity 1 Act out the following dialogues. : Oh hi. : Bye. Rama is calling Andreta to invite her to the movie. look at the following conversation. 1981. Listen. never mind. Is it 326 400? What’s on today please? Oh great! Thank you very much. Well. or can I + a verb. Hi there. Would you like to come? : Oh. what a pity.

please? Just a moment. Match the words on the right with the ones on the left by drawing lines. Central Post Office. d. Can/could you open the window? 4. Can/could you turn off the radio? 3. I haven’t finished reading it yet Activity 3 Act out some more invitations and various responses to the invitations. Mauratu. Tika. I’m going to use it to go to town shortly. 1. Do you mind if I borrow your motorcycle for an hour? 5. Oh hi.Making Telephone Calls 105 . OK. I have to type a letter. This is Budi. Tika’s speaking. Sorry. Sorry. Can/may/could I borrow your newspaper? a. Sure. Sorry. Can/may/could I use your typewriter for a while? 2. b.Hello. Sorry. myself. Handoko. 1. Tika Nasha : : Hi. Hi. May I ask who is calling. c. e. I find it very hot here. Thank you Activity 2 Work in pairs. please? Ria Mauratu Thank you Hello? Sure. Hang on. _______ to Ms. Nasha. I’ll connect you. How are you? Unit 7 . too. ________ to Hasan. please? OK. Then act it out. Ms.

Bye. it’s OK. Thanks for calling. See you. 106 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . : : : : : : : : : : : : : Hello. Bye. Ci. so sorry. It’s Cici. Act out the following phone conversation. Production Activity 1 Work in pairs. It’s Wahyu. Hi there.Tika Nasha : Tika Nasha : Tika Nasha : 2. How are you? Hi. That’s great. Lutfi. Could I borrow your laptop. I will. but I have to be home before 3. Tin. Wahyu Lutfi Wahyu Lutfi Wahyu Lutfi 3. I’ll have my birthday party next weekend. Ci. Mira. Lut. I suppose. Next time. Sorry Mira. Thanks. What a pity! But. would you come to my sister’s party tomorrow? Sure. Hi. Hello. would you like to drop in after class? I’d like to. Tika. Thank you. Ok. How are you? Fine. See you. How about you? Very well. Tini. My family and I plan to visit my uncle in Surabaya. Thank you. Thanks.m. Wahyu. Cici Mira Cici Mira Cici Mira Cici : Good. Hi. Fine. What time is the party? : 7 p. Could you come? Oh. Thanks. How are you ? Good. please? Two days. Any special dress code? : No. That’ll be fine.

Thank you...... Ana.............. 23rd at 8 am....Good afternoon.. answers the phone...... Rizal’s office....... Unit 7 . He’s not home right now. Bintang and Rumbewas are classmates.. his secretary answers the phone and tells her that he is out of the office....... She asks his secretary to tell him that her mother is sick at home and needs to go to hospital as soon as possible. Yes.. Rumbewas’ sister. Complete the dialogue using the following cues. Please tell him Andri called him................ Thanks. please? : No... Activity 2 Work in pairs...... When she phones.... Lina tries to phone her father in his office... .. When she phones him........ Rumbewas is out.... act out the conversation into a role play. Bintang tries to phone Rumbewas to ask him to join an English Storytelling competition on Sunday..... he is’nt. Ana Bintang Ana Bintang Ana Bintang : Hello? : Hello.................. Hello... Would you like to leave a message? Sure.... :. please? Ok... Then act out the conversation........ Dr..... Create a telephone conversation using the following cues... Can I talk to Hendra........ March.. The location is at SMPN 1 Jalan Merapi no 5. Rizal.... Is Tuesday morning at five all right? Yes....... : Can I . I’d like to make an appointment with Dr......Making Telephone Calls 107 .. Then.... Activity 3 Work in pairs... please.............. Can I help you? Fine............ The following phone conversation is incomplete..... please? :.. Thanks........

30 on Saturday after dinner tonight Activity 5 Take turns practicing the dialogues. See you later. Your friend asks you to go with him/her to the mall. You call your friend and ask her/him to go with you to see a new movie. Kalbe Farma Industry. 2006) Activity 4 Observe the following dialogue carefully. come to a football match go to the cinema come to the farewell party eat out see a film 6. Albar Betty Albar Betty : : Would you like to come to a party with me? I’d love to.Secretary : Good morning.4 (Dit. : : Make up dialogues like the example above. Let’s make it after supper. Use the information below appropriately in the underlined parts. OK. PSMP. Thank you very much. 2. May I help you? Lina : ________________________________ ________________________________ Secretary : ________________________________ ________________________________ Lina : ________________________________ ________________________________ Secretary : ________________________________ ________________________________ Pic. 7. She/ he agrees.30 at your place about 7. 1. You have to take care of your baby brother because your parents are not home. 108 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

Please tick (V) them. Date and time of the event to be held 7.. ………. Activity 3 Read the following example of an invitation card and its reply. Sept 6 At 7 pm You are cordially invited.Section Two: Short Functional Texts Presentation Activity 1 Work in pairs.. Special services 5.5 (Dit. Address where the event is held 4. PSMP.. Indra RSVP Pic. ………. ada kotak berupa post card Dear Winda. discuss the following parts of an invitation you think you should not probably miss.. Date and time of writing the invitation 9. Have you ever got an invitation? 2. Direction/map to reach the place ………. ………. Why do people make invitations? 5. I’m having a birthday party at Rose’s Cafe On Saturday. Parts of advertisement 1... For what occasion were you invited? 4. 2006) Unit 7 . Salutation 6.. 7. ………. ………. ……….. Address of the one who invites 3. Closing 8. What do you expect to find in an invitation? Activity 2 With a partner.. Answer the following questions 1. ………. Name of the one who invites 2.Making Telephone Calls 109 . When was it? 3. ……….

You’re right. Answer the following questions 1. The students card must be presented. 3. Cheating is prohibited. 6. Tak egood care. I’ve got to go now. 7. 4. Thank you very much for your invitation to your birthday party at Rose’s Café. We all miss you. 5. 2. The test will be held soon. Bagus 110 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Love. Then answer the questions. starting from june 8. Lateness is not tolerated. The first day is biology. No dictionary is allowed. Have you ever got a message? When was it? Who wrote the message? Why do people write messages? What can you expect to find in a message? Activity 5 Study the following e-mail messages between two friends.Dear Indra. 4. 3. Who invites Winda? For what occasion is the invitation? Where will the party be held? When will the party be held? What is RSVP? Is Winda able to come to the party? What happens to Winda’s little brother? Activity 4 Work in pairs. Winda Questions 1. 2. but I regret to let you know I have to take my little brother to the dentist’s. Geg. See you soon. 5. Here is some information you need. Students are asked to have their own stationary. Love. Hi Jegeg. Well. I would love to come.

Observe the sentences he used in the e-mail once again. The ID card must be presented. 2. Who wrote the email? Who was the email for? Why did the sender write this email? What ought Jegeg to bring to the test? What is tested on the first day? Activity 6 Reread the e-mail messages by Bagus in Activity 5. Lateness is not tolerated. Unit 7 . 4. held on this Thursday night. Activity 8 Fill the blanks with the word provided on the right column. Can you identify the sentences with the pattern ‘be + verb 3’ in his e-mail massages? With a partner. 4. 5.Making Telephone Calls 111 . Discuss them with a partner. discussed now cleaned. The sentences have the same pattern as some sentences in the e-mail above. write down these sentences in the box below. compare the sentences you have written in Activity 6 with the following taken from the e-mail above. Study the sentences in the table below. 3. 2. No dictionary is allowed to be used.Quetions 1. Everyone Smoking in the public Part 1 of the book The blackboard The party was is is being has been will be invited to the school party. 1. starting from June 8. 6. ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ Activity 7 Now. Notice the expressions in bold. 3. 5. prohibited. Cheating is prohibited. The test will be held soon. Students are asked to have their own stationeries. Look at the noun at the beginning of each sentence.

Decide the place. by the students. are read reads understood was understood will write will be written Do these sentences have the same or different meaning? Discuss with a partner. the experiment report soon The experiment report …. At 08. Sept 6 RSVP I’m having a birthday party at ‘Rumah Makan Ringin Asri’ There are door prizes for you. The students ….. Put these parts in their appropriate places to make an invitation. by Yoyoh soon. All of you are cordially invited.______________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ 112 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Dear.00 pm Dear Friends.1 2 3 Syahrudin ……… books everyday. the teacher’s explanation.         On Saturday. Books ……… by Syahrudin everyday. Yatman Surapraja ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ Activity 2 With a partner complete the following invitation card using appropriate expressions so that it makes an invitation.. Practice Activity 1 These expressions are parts of an invitation.. You will celebrate your football team’s 5th anniversary.. The teacher’s explanation …. Yoyoh …. time yourself.

e-psikologi. to be made into books etc. Then put them in the butter. Here is a series of process by which paper is made. Now.Making Telephone Calls 113 . Then.9 (www. Into the container. These sheets (dry) (8) further to make paper.Then. Complete the following messages. Pic. Use passive voice. Ms. All begins from trees in the jugle. mixall of them. some chemicals (add). These pieces then (mix) (4) and (cook) (5) in a very big container.8 (Rachmajanti and Sulistyo. These parts (call) (3) logs. trees in the jungle are cut (1) down. 7. for example. the paper is ready to be processed further. 7. No 1 has been done for you. Bak’ Iyah. This results in a mixture which (call) (6) pulp.com) Ibu Unit 7 . The onions and garlic need to be (peel) and then (cut) into small pieces. these trees (cut) (2) into smaller parts. 2007) First. Further. Thanks. Han wants her to do the cooking for the day’s meal while she is away. So.Activity 3 Use an appropriate form of verbs between brackets. Pic. This pulp (press) (7) through rollers so that it forms sheets. The mushrooms need to be (boil) first when the onions are soft. Activity 4 Bak’ Iyah helps the Han family. Making paper is a long process to do. the logs (cut) (3) into very small pieces. she writes a note to Bak’ Iyah.

.when you get home. 7.m. 2006) Activity 2 You are invited by your best friend.m. Pic. and ‘when. Wie Chiang RSVP 114 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Sindoro 1/6. Jaka Pic. up.Activity 5 Complete the following messages.10 Mum (Dit.10 (Dit. I’ll be out all afternoon. 1986. Share your happiness at my sister’s birthday. Invite your classmates to join you.. The dishes need to be . Write down your invitation on a piece of paper. the living – room need to be . 2006) Source: Richards and Long. Bev.PSMP.and c. Wie Chiang. Then the vegetables need to be w. 7. Jl. I’m having my party to celebrate my achievement in a National Science Competition.. Hi Ibrahim. Penanggungan 2/7. Mention ‘what activity’... 4 p. Come to my home on Wednesday 11...PSMP. ‘where’. Here is the invitation. When you’ve finished that. Jl..’ Example Hi Diding. Think about an interesting activity you will do this weekend. at 4 p. Please come to my home on Friday 13. Thanks a lot... Production Activity 1 Work in pairs. Use passive voice.

In pairs make dialogues on how to: a.prepare Homework 1. make a telephone call. Unit 7 . how to request someone to do something. Write notes to your family members.clean • the dishes.How would you write a reply to Wie Chiang if … a. Activity 5 You are going to be back late. invite someone. Ask your friend to do something. and c. The cat needs to be fed twice a day: at 8 a. Thanks. Make your invitation card as interesting as possible by decorating it. Display your work on the wall.tidy • dinner .m. Write a list what to do in your message. you cannot come to the party because of a reason (give your own reason)? Activity 3 Work in pairs. Things to do! • the bathroom .m. Tell them what you want them to do before you get back. b. For example: Dear Lisa. Write an invitation card to someone you know. Activity 4 Work in pairs.wash • Clothes .iron • the bedrooms . and 5 p. Choose one occasion you like.Making Telephone Calls 115 . Then record your dialogues on a tape. Submit the tape to your teacher. Use ideas of your own or some of the jobs below. you are willing to attend the party? b. Imagine that you will go out of town for a week.

.......... you can use one of the following: ‘bye’............ we must not forget the place. Each of these ways has particular characteristics that we must practice..........? 2.........? 3.. you must have opening expressions.. You didn’t hear what your classmate said. Hi Ridho..... 4.................‘ To invite someone to a party or an occasion..... you may use passive sentences........ After borrowing a book. Or... we can also use the expressions ‘do you mind if …’. The occasion is housewarming party...... You want her to say it again......... To make a telephone call....... 116 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .. write messages to someone. Look at the following situations and complete each question to make it polite.. Do you think ................. etc..... Write an invitation card for your friends. Tell her that you need to go back to your hometown for your sister’s wedding... mention for what occasion you are inviting somebody........................ Also... ‘hello’.. time. To request someone to do something on the phone. ... Thanks for calling... You want your teacher to check it....... Who is it for? Who wrote it? Where did she go? When will she be back? ............... ‘bye. ‘hi there’...... To close a telephone call....... how to request.......... you can say: ‘good morning’................... 3... ...................... how to write invitation cards and how to write messages............. b....... ... You’ve written a letter in English....................... 3................ ‘good bye’......... you can use several expressions like ‘Could/can/may I speak to …................. You need her help to water the plant and feed the fish.......... how to invite...... You want to borrow your friend’s camera. Can I have my student card back ............ date. Hope you had a good day at work! Gone to supermarket to get something for diner....... Write a message to your roommate.. 2..? 4..... ‘would you mind if … ... Would you mind ......2. please’............ Evaluation a. Summary In this unit you have learned several ways to do the following: how to make a telephone call. Finally................. Here you must consider degree of politeness. etc.............. 1.......... Fiona 1..... Love. Read the note and answer these questions.. Back at 6... For example.......... you want to have your student card back........

useful learning strategy. I can write an invitation card....... no useful learning strategy..... b..? Reflections 1.... some.................... I can make responses to requests.. The most interesting part in this unit is……….. Statements a. 2... no. I can make a telephone call........... Would ... perjanjian Pesta di luar rumah dengan memanggang daging Dengan hangat Buku referensi tentang ilmu pengetahuan yang disusun berdasarkan alfabet Rantai makanan Terbitan berkala Kentang rebus dilumatkan dengan susu dan mentega dan disajikan hangat pesan dilarang makan malam Unit 7 ....Would you mind.... You want him to turn it down.................. d...... You can’t hear what our roommate is saying because of the radio........... I can make responses to a phone call..? 5.......... This unit gives me (put tick V): new experiences..... give tick (v) to yes. 3. Read the statements.......... very well well little Vocabulary list Words appointment barbeque cordially encyclopedia Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription noun     Indonesian Equivalent Janji...... Things that I want to study more are……………… 4..... useful learning experiences..Making Telephone Calls noun adverb noun food chain journal mashed potato noun noun noun    message prohibited supper noun adjective noun    117 ...... e.... f..... Then.. c. I can write messages....... no useful learning experiences... I can make requests.........

The first person to reach the GOAL is the winner. PSMP. If a chip lands on the bottom of a ladder. Pic.11 (Dit. Work in groups of four. If a chip lands on a snake’s head. move down to the tail. 2006) 118 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . move up to the top of that ladder.Fun Page SNAKES AND LADDERS. Read the question and answer or follow the instructions. 7. Each person places a chip on START. Throw a dice to move the chip.

and create written recount texts. present oral recount texts accurately. you will learn to: Θ Θ Θ Θ .com) In this unit..1(www..UNIT 8 It happend like this.. Unit 8 .. (Recount) Pic 8.shadowsys. comprehend oral recount texts. 119 .Its happend like this . read and understand written recount texts.

it was the wedding party of my dad’s boss’ son. It’s really nice to have them in a traditional wedding like this one. You know. 3. After that. 2. Hi. 6. 4. What did the speaker do last night? Whose birthday was it? What did the speaker have for dinner first? What did the speaker have for dinner next? When did the speaker go home? How did the speaker feel? 120 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .Section One: Spoken Recount Presentation Activity 1 Discuss these questions with a partner. 1. Let me tell you something. Activity 3 Listen again to your friend’s presentation and then answer the following questions. Well. Last night I went to my neighbour’s wedding party with my family. some dawet ayu. I felt really very happy. At about 09. in the party I had rawon and sate madura. We arrived home rather late. I sang for the happy couple. 5. every body. Do you have an unforgettable experience? Do you tell your experience to a friend? What do you say to start telling your experience? Do you tell the events step by step? Do you add your comment to your experience? Activity 2 Act out the following presentation to a friend. 3. 2.15 we went home. Then I had. 5. you know what. 4. 1.

arrive dance play believe stay like enjoy travel study look arrived Activity 5 Complete the sentences in the past simple. her daughter .” 6. graduate learn die end walk receive 1.. the Reverend Engle. In school.Activity 4 Write the past simple tense of the verbs below and read aloud.. Once there .. I . 5.... In remote places people . change live try wander My brother was at Malang State University. One year after Marie Curie ... last year. The Simple past: questions and negatives Unit 8 . Jav=anese alphabets when I was in primary school.Its happend like this .. a young handsome boy called Jayaprana and a beautiful girl named Layonsari in Bali. I . 8. Activity 6 Read the explanation below. in 1939. farmers . The second World War . 3.. studying English. a Nobel Prize. a long way to the market to sell their harvest. six years later in 1945. but I don’t remember very much now...... For practicality and efficiency. but there was no answer. and ...... 121 .. 2. 4.. he .. 9. 7. to phone you last night... their way of harvesting paddies by then using a sickle. was overheard calling him “addled. the young Edison’s mind often . Use a verb from the box below. and his teacher.

Example: Did you get up early yesterday? Did Tina get up early yesterday? We didn’t watch football match last week. I did. They didn’t watch football match last week. she didn’t. _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _________ get up at 7. Do as the examples. : Did she go to school? : No. she didn’t.We make questions and negatives with did and didn’t. Activity 7 With a partner. she did. Examples: Ani Betty Amin Budi : Did Tina get up late yesterday? : Yes.00 _ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ have breakfast 122 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Simple Past Question Did + Subject + base form + … ? Simple Past Negative Subject + didn’t + base form + … didn’t or did not Yes. No. She got up at seven. She stayed at home. try to ask questions and answer based on the pictures below.

Ontario. There as an employee of Western Union. Edison (turn) into a telegraph operator after he (save) three-year-old Jimmie MacKenzie from being struck by a runaway train.2 (Di. Thomas Edison (move) to Louisville. Then take turns to tell each story to your partner orally.2006) Practice Activity 1 Complete the sentences with the past forms of the verbs in brackets.8. on the Grand Trunk Railway.org) 123 . Jimmie’s father.Its happend like this .8. at the age of 19. he (work) the Associated Press bureau news wire._____________________________________ _____________________________________ wash the dishes _____________________________________ _____________________________________ wash her clothes _____________________________________ _____________________________ _______ watch TV ______________________________________ ______________________________________ stay at home Pic.PSMP. In 1866. Edison’s first telegraphy job away from Port Huron was at Stratford Junction. station agent J.. Kentucky.3 (http://en. Michigan.. MacKenzie of Mount Clemens.U. was so grateful that he (train) Edison as a telegraph operator. Pic.wikipedia. This (allow) him plenty of time to spend at his two Unit 8 . Edison (request) the night shift at work.

After lunch. The first race I (enter) was the freestyle. As it rained for two hours. and her brother. they could not have anything to do. my mum (arrive) to take me home. he was working with a battery when he (spill) sulphuric acid onto the floor. Last semester Rohana spent her holiday on Pasir Putih beaches. dad. The next race (be) backstroke. Then tell it to your classmate. They went by bus from Probolinggo to Pasir Putih. Activity 3 The sentences below have been made jumbled. Hi. Then her dad grilled some fish. Immediately they ran to find a shelter to escape from the rain. I was very tired but very happy. the latter pre-occupation cost him his job. The next morning he was fired. Finally. However. Eventually. I (win) the third place and (get) a blue ribbon. every body. Let me tell you something. She says it is her worst experience during her holiday. She went with her mum.reading and experimenting. originally they make up a story. Year 8 students (cheer) so hard for our team. Rohana and her brother spread out their big blanket and also folding chairs. One night in 1867. I (come) fifth. (source: http://en. It ran between the floorboards and onto his boss’ desk below.wikipedia. Yesterday Year 8 students (go) to a swimming competition at Banyubiru swimming pool.favorite pastimes -. Rearrange these sentences to reconstruct the story.org/wiki/Thomas_Edison#Early_life) Activity 2 Change the verb between brackets into the past form. we (compete) in the relays. Later on my friend (swim) in the butterfly race and (win). 124 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

when and where it happened b.Its happend like this . ¤. Tell about a car accident you witnessed. Remember that you should do the following: 1. 125 .When they got to the beach. they picked up a place to sit.. end your story with an ending. Tell about something that happened to your pet. ¤.. Tell about your holiday. 3. Tell about a special day. Tell what happened in the last episode of your favourite TV serial. ¤. it rained very hard. Then. Suddenly. tell the happenings in order they happened. You could choose anyone of the following: ¤. Unit 8 . Finally. Production Activity 1 Get ready to tell your own experience to your friend. Begin your story by telling: a. ¤. who the character was/were 2. Choose a story of your own.

After that we went down to a little spot in the Botanic Gardens and had morning tea. Year Eight students went to the Botanic Gardens. We were tired but happy.2006) Activity 2 Read Nida’s school trip to the Botanic Gardens for the school magazine below. Did you write a postcard to your friends? 6. It was most interesting.Section 2: Written Recount Presentation Activity 1 Work in pairs and discuss these questions. Rita read us some of the information. First we went to the Orchid Farm and Mrs. Next we took some pictures and then we went back to the Education Centre to have lunch. then she explained what we were going to do. Then we looked at all the lovely plants.8. Finally we got into the bus and returned to school. Did you tell your experience to your Dad or Mum? 4. Soon after we had finished we went back outside. We went to have a look around.4 (Di.PSMP. We walked down and got into the bus. After that we went for a walk. 126 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . A Tour to the Botanic Gardens by Nida On Thursday 24 April. A lady took us around and introduced herself. Next she took us in to the green house. Did your teacher ask you to write a recount or story after the trip? Pic. Did you also keep what you experienced in a diary? 5. Have you ever gone on a study tour? 2. What places did you visit during your study tour? 3. 1. we walked down to the Education Centre. After we arrived at the gardens.

9. 6. What is the text about? ‘We’ in the text above refer to _______________________________ Did Nida tell what Year Eight students do? When did they do it? Where? What was the first thing they did when they arrived? What did they do next? Who do you think Mrs.. 8. Rita was? What did she do? Where did Year Eight go next? How did they return to school? Activity 4 Read and answer the following questions. We walked down and got into the bus. Unit 8 . We had morning tea We walked down to the Education Centre We took some pictures We went to the Orchid Farm She took us to the green house We went down to a little spot in the Botanic Gardens We went back to the Education Centre to have lunch A lady took us around and introduced herself. 1. 5.Activity 3 Answer these questions. where the events took place and when it happened. When did it take place? 3. With your highlighter marked the answer to these questions. then she explained what we were going to do we got into the bus and returned to school. Check her story again. 10. At the beginning of Nida’s story. Then number these events in their correct order. Where did it take place? Activity 5 Nida wrote the event of the day in the order they happened. 127 . 4.. 2. we find out who the characters are. 3. 7.Its happend like this . Who took part in the tour to Botanic Gardens? 2. 1.

.................. Then…………………………................................... Next .................... After ………….................Activity 6 Find the following words in Nida’s story and highligth them in different colour............... on thursday 24 april we went to the botanic gardens we walked down and boarded the bus after we arrived at the gardens we walked down to the education centre year seven went to have a look around first we went to the orchid farm and mrs rita read us some of the information then we looked at all the lovely plants after that we went down to a little spot in the botanic gardens and had morning tea 128 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .................. These special words are called time signals....................... Put in capital letters to begin each sentence and full stops to show where each sentence ends in the......... Finally .... First ……………..... present go walk get arrive read look at have take introduce explain finish return past Activity 8 Rewrite the following text...... Activity 7 Change these verbs from the present tense to the past tense as it is used in the text...................... After that ………………………….... Then …………………………........

6 (Di.8. 129 .PSMP.. 2.PSMP.2006) Picture 3 7.Its happend like this .2006) Picture 2 5. What did they do? How did they feel? Pic.PSMP. 4.8.____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Practice Activity 1 Write the answers to the questions under each picture. Picture 1 1. Who were the characters? Where were they? What did they do? When did they do that? Pic.7 (Di. What did the girl do? What did the cat do? Pic.5 (Di. 6. 8.8.2006) Unit 8 . 3..

Write to your pen-friend telling about the last Independent Day Festival. Write a postcard to your grandmother telling her about your holiday.Activity 2 Copy your answers above into the following format. Tell your friends what happened in the last episode of your favourite TV serials. ¤. Choose a story of your own. Write about something that happened at your school. When you have chosen a topic of your interest. 130 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . where. ¤. use the Recount Plan above to write your recount. ¤. ________________________ (Title) who. when _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Series of events (events in the order they happened) _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ what happened in the end _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Production Activity 1 Now it’s time for you to write your own recount. ¤. Feel free to ask your teacher for help. Write for a wall magazine telling about your trip to the Borobudur. you could: ¤. To write your own recount. Follow the steps as when you did above.

/. when Dear ………. Series of events (events in the order they happened) what happened in the end 131 . discuss it with your friends to have their comments. put a tick (V) at the end of that question. go back and fix your story then put a tick.When you have finished your draft. After you have finished. where and when at the beginning of your recount? Have you told the events in the order they happened? Have you used time conjunctions? Have you used action verbs in the past tense? Have you added some personal comments? Have you used full stops at the ends of sentences? Have you used capital letters for proper nouns? Have you checked your spelling? Homework Write your experience about a study trip to a friend or your relative. Use the format below. ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Love.Its happend like this ./2008 who.. Activity 2 Revise your text. If you can answer ‘yes’ to the question.. _______________ Unit 8 . read the checklist below.. If you c an’t.. display your writing on the classroom wall. . Then. where. ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ Have you given the information about who. This helps you revise your writing.

characters. in the next part we can mention a series of activities that occurred in the order.Summary Activity 1 To tell a story or to narrate. who. Finally. Time signals that are relevant with the tense are also used. place. Then. the last part comments on the story. 132 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . The form of the verb used is normally in the Simple Past Tense. The purpose of narrating is to amuse. to entertain or to inform. we can start by giving information about the time. and perhaps the situation in the story. to narrate or to tell a story we can use the following flowchart: Summary Information about when. time. where A series of events in order they happened Another series of events in order they happened comments or lessons Evaluation Activity 1 Change the verbs between brackets in the following text into the correct form. and sometimes gives the lesson that is learned from the story. In a simple plan. The first one that is underlined has been done for you.

We (continue) our hike. Also.. 5. based on the information in the text. The climbing out of the valley was really hard for us but it was worth it.to a closest bus station. Write what you have learned in this unit. 6. Reflections 1. Dicky. 7. answer the following questions.Desa Pasir Wangi -. 10. 1. 3. Then we (walk) off down into the valley and there we (camp) for one night by the river in Gunung Penanggungan. I had not been there before. __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ Unit 8 . We (start) very early on Saturday from our village. We (talk) about many things along the way to the next stop. Make sure that you use the correct forms of verbs. (adapted from Moline. 2000: 145-146) Activity 2 Read the text in Activity 1 once again. Sometimes we (laugh) aloud when our stories we (exchange) one another (seem) funny. We (reach) the next stop one hour later. Vinda and Laras and I hiked to Gunung Penanggungan. and (reach) Oro-oro Ombo for lunch after we (hike) for almost 4 hours. On Sunday we (return) by a small village -. 8.. The view from this place (look) very amazing. Then. 133 . What does the text deal with? How many people were there in the story going with the writer? What did they do? How many hours did it take them to get to Oro-oro Ombo? What did they do in the first stop? Did they have a good time along the way to the next stop? How was the view from the hilltop? Where did they have a camp? How did they probably go home? How did they feel after the hike? Activity 3 Write an unforgettable experience you have. 2.Last weekend my friends. It was a hilltop. Klandungan.Its happend like this . make sure that you organise your ideas using the pattern that you have learned in this unit. 9. 4.

kapan. Write the activity that you like best in this unit and the reasons why you like it. dimana Komentar yang ditulis di akhir cerita. presentasi Cerita tentang pengalaman yang penulisannya diurutkan berdasarkan kejadian Penjelasan awal tentang siapa. __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ Vocabulary list Words Stories Diary Events Holiday Presentation Recount Parts of Speech noun noun noun noun noun noun Phonetic Transcription       Indonesian Equivalent Ceritera Buku harian Kejadian liburan Penjelasan. Orientation Reorientation noun noun   134 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .2.

8.stopmusclepain.kirman. What three words do students frequently say to answer a teacher’s question? Pic.Fun Page Your teacher has these five questions.9 (www. but no head? Pic.Its happend like this ..8.com) What are two things people ever eat before breakfast? Pic. 135 .hammermuseum.wordpress.org) What has a neck.8.8 (www.8.com) If vegetarians eat vegetables.com) Unit 8 .. you will win a prize.12 (www.11 (www. If you can answer them correctly in the shortest time.com) Did you hear about the blind carpenter who picked up his hammer and saw? Pic. what do humanitarians eat? Pic.coolwebmoms.10 (www.kapanlagi.8.

136 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

n adj.Vocabulary List Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent advertisement alley allowance altitude amazing appointment attached audition awarded barbeque begged brick bushranger cave climate commit compliment concerned congratulate cordially crowded day off n n n n adj. v adv adj. perjanjian ditempel audisi dianugerahi pesta diluar rumah dengan memanggang daging meminta batu bata penguasa hutan gua iklim melakukan pujian khawatir memberi selamat dengan hangat ramai liburan Vocabulary List 137 . n v n n n n v n adj. n                 []      iklan gang uang saku ketinggian di atas permukaan air laut menakjubkan janji. n adj.

Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent deserve destination diary duty free encyclopedia engaged entertaining escaped event evil exciting exclamation exercise experience fabulous feed food chain fun furnished house gem gorgeous foliday journal v n n adj. v n n adj. adj. n adj. n n n adj v n n n n adj n n   berhak tujuan buku harian bebas pajak buku referensi tentang ilmupengetahuan yang terpakai bersifat menghibur melarikan diri kejadian jahat menyenangkan Seruan olahraga pengalaman indah memberi makan rantai makanan kesenangan rumah lengkap perabot batu permata luar biasa liburan terbitan berkala                      138 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

v n n adj adj.Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent landlord leisure marvelous mashed potato message message note orientation permission pleasant poisoned presentation prize prohibited reasonable recommendation recount regret reorientation request revived scarf n n adj n n n n n n adj. permintaan hidup kembali selendang Vocabulary List 139 . n n v n n v n                       tuan tanah santai indah kentang rebus dilumat dengan susu dan mentega disajikan hangat Pesan Pesan catatan penjelasan awal tentang siapa. presentasi hadiah dilarang pantas rekomendasi cerita tentang pengalaman yang penulisannya diurutkan berdasarkan kejadian menyesal komentar yang ditulis di akhir cerita. dimana izin menyenangkan meracuni penjelasan. kapan.

kesalahan budak perbudakan menjelaskan ceritera setelan jas berjemur makan malam ketat tentara luas berkeliling berat badan 140 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . n n                  acak urutan dosa. n adj.Words Parts of Speech Phonetic Transcription Indonesian Equivalent scenery scrambled sequence sin slave slavery speak for stories suit sunbathe supper tough troop vast wander weight n adj. n n n n v n n v n adj.

place or thing activity done in the open air a group of sentences that deal with a particular idea acting out a group of words without a verb. on thinking more verb having regular ending form asking for something politely action that the characteres take to solve the problem greeting that can be sent at any time context Vocabulary List 141 . a.Glossary Action verb Adjective Admiring Adverb Announcement Article Biography Characters Complication Complimenting Congratulating Conjunction Contraction Conversation Descriptive Dialogue Direct speech Essay Evaluation Geyser Giving instruction Glacier Greenhouse Hometown Idiom Irregular verb Monologue Narrative Note Noun Outdoor activity Paragraph Performance Phrase Postcard Preposition Project Recount Reflection Regular verb Requesting Resolution Season’s greeting Situation a word that tells what the subject is doing a word that describes or gives more information about a noun or pronoun looking at someone or something with respect a word that describes gives more information about a verb something that someone says officially there are three articles. praising giving good wishes on a special occasion or for having done something a joining word a shortened form of a word where a letter or letters have been left out talk by two people or more a piece of text that is used to describe people. or places conversation between two people the exact words that are spoken piece of writing on a particular subject act of assessing progress a hot spring that shoots water into the air asking someone to do something a large body of ice that moves slowly over land a glass building used for growing plants town where you live a saying which often has a different meaning to what it says verb having irregular ending form speech by one person a kind of story that has problems and solutions a short piece of writing a word for an animal. the. ussually introduced with a preposition a card for sending message by post with/without an enevelope. things. often with a picture or photograph on one side a word that often begins a phrase and links a noun or pronoun to another word in a sentence work planned by students on their own a piece of text that is used to retell events for the purpose of informing or entertaining thought. an. the story of someone’s life the actors in the story problems that the characters face. person.

e. how a text is organized a word that tells what you are thinkinh a word used to show the order events hapened place for tourists a doing.Subtropical Summary Tense Text structure Thinking verb Time signal Tourism object Verb Wild animal referring to cold countries short description of what has been said.g. future rhetorical pattern of a text. being. thinking or having word animal that lives naturally or that is not tame 142 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . explained. present. past. or written the time when an action happened.

explained. or written Action verb Adjective Glossary 141 . things. on thinking more Regular verb verb having regular ending form Requesting asking for something politely Resolution action that the characteres take to solve the problem Season’s greeting greeting that can be sent at any time Situation context Subtropical referring to cold countries Summary short description of what has been said. Biography the story of someone’s life Characters the actors in the story Complication problems that the characters face. ussually introduced with a preposition Postcard a card for sending message by post with/without an enevelope. person. or places Dialogue conversation between two people Direct speech the exact words that are spoken Essay piece of writing on a particular subject Evaluation act of assessing progress Geyser a hot spring that shoots water into the air Giving instruction asking someone to do something Glacier a large body of ice that moves slowly over land Greenhouse a glass building used for growing plants Hometown town where you live Idiom a saying which often has a different meaning to what it says Irregular verb verb having irregular ending form Monologue speech by one person Narrative a kind of story that has problems and solutions Note a short piece of writing Noun a word for an animal.GLOSSARY a word that tells what the subject is doing a word that describes or gives more information about a noun or pronoun Admiring looking at someone or something with respect Adverb a word that describes gives more information about a verb Announcement something that someone says officially Article there are three articles. a. the. an. place or thing Outdoor activity activity done in the open air Paragraph a group of sentences that deal with a particular idea Performance acting out Phrase a group of words without a verb. often with a picture or photograph on one side Preposition a word that often begins a phrase and links a noun or pronoun to another word in a sentence Project work planned by students on their own Recount a piece of text that is used to retell events for the purpose of informing or entertaining Reflection thought. Complimenting praising Congratulating giving good wishes on a special occasion or for having done something Conjunction a joining word Contraction a shortened form of a word where a letter or letters have been left out Conversation talk by two people or more Descriptive a piece of text that is used to describe people.

future Text structure rhetorical pattern of a text. e.g. how a text is organized Thinking verb a word that tells what you are thinkinh Time signal a word used to show the order events hapened Tourism object place for tourists Verb a doing. being. present. past.Tense the time when an action happened. thinking or having word Wild animal animal that lives naturally or that is not tame 142 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .

145.35.145 polite requests 145 postcards 1.52.143 Egypt 68.126.34.xii disagreeing 74.54.125.20.144 P passive sentences 116.121.144 identification 65.143 double feature 143 M magic candle 93.144 past continuous tense 144 past experience 20.141.26.87.116.73.145 Pisa 69.102.33.29.94.44.73.141 commands 40.4.25.144 giving.143 Egypt.100.117.92.51.85.xi O open the conversation 99.89.138 expressing facts 37.35.20.144 H headache 44.18.143. 144 giving advice/recommendation 144 143 .87.146 mind 7.79.144 lifestyle 40.130.79.24.43.84.82.112.139 outdoor activities 38.110.5.144 C characters 85.116.1 25. 143 email 111.vii.43.87.138 furnished 89.144 imperative 40.73.80.70.144 giving 143.73.145.104.85.132.87.127.91.18.124.95.127.32.92.70.70.19.xi evaluation 143 events 3.117.143 Ambarawa 61.29.13.120.89.18.143.62.143 congratulating 1.143 a pinch of salt 103.64.111.144 B biography 27.113.47.33.144.91.33.144 gorgeous 87.143.115.45.ix.82.74.91.143.144.Index A action 33.142 advertisements 37.143.xiv narratives 144 notes 1.60.142 exclamatory sentences 3.143.104.105.16.102.144 E effort 44.131. 143.143 disagreement 73.143 experience 14.144 orientation 29.116.30.131.91.146 notices 37.144.xi Index F fabulous 87.132.143.144 invitation card 109.15.144 past tense 29.143 cultural notes 143 J jealous 86.32.37.143 complication 143 complimenting 1.xiii leisure time 38.133.143 I Iceland 63.144 hometown 39.144.103.144.74. 143 Brazil 59.143 apostrophes 34.143 biography.xv museum 61.143 N narrative 79.143 ending 82.120.91.138 greenhouse 64.144.143 compass rose 60.53.50.143.141.15.115.145 physical description 65.129.144 D descriptive 57.144 giving and asking for opinions 37.xi agreement 73.85.144 information organization 32.100.65.83.3.34.144 giving Instructions 144 glacier 64.114.144 master 80.144.143.11.14.143 asking for opinions 37.141.70.82.144 L language features 144.11.145 pets 53.53.131.81.131.53.117.128.144 messages 11.70.143 asking and giving for information 143 asking for information 1.138 G geyser 64.143.21.116.92.15.

145 telephoning 98.90.57.86.91.149.x.67.80.84.17.97.33.145 The Hawaiian Islands 62.119.145.145 the simple past 145 The Simple Present Tense 145 time signals 128.126.145 slavery 95.145.145.64.75.35.145 script 47.148.145 social occasions 3.146 warrantly 146 wild animal 146 word bank 5.73.139 recount plan 145 reflection 145 requesting 1.150 situation 13.86.72.132.14.23.145.79.145 stomachache 44.39.7.146 writing invitation cards 146 writing messages 146 writing permission letters/notes 146 144 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII .78.145 recount 19.xvi.35.53.145 text structure 19.7.101.73.21.139 produce 1.29.130.147.85.131.78.145.26.135.97.29.32.145 R re-orientation 32.10.145 some mixture 145 spelling 34.145 social function 29.145 statements of facts 43.145 simple past tense 145 Singapore 4.37.xv spoken recount 34.67.131.66.140 slaves 80.145 roleplay 145 S San Francisco 66.103.145 season’s greetings 145 setting 29.25.34.72.145 transitional devices 145 tundra 64.65.5.76.145 V vocabulary List 146 W wanderer 93.80.12.145 recommend 32.146 warnings 40.145 summary 145 T task 46.prize 6.4.

New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents. Sherryl D. Singapore: Pearson Education . Sandra and Byrd. Brian et al. Inc. K. Sandra and Byrd. and Newman. Susan H. References 145 . 1993. & Toyama. Geoffrey.Singapore: Prentice Hall Asia ELT. England: Longman Group U.References Abbs. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents. Fesler. Limited. 1987. Fundamentals of English Grammar (second edition). Your English Handbook. Donald R. J. Anderson. 1987. L. England: Pearson Education Limited. 1990. Spectrum™ 4: A Communicative Course in English. Sound Bytes 1: Listening for Today’s World. Laidlaw English. Success with the Penguin Course: Coursebook 2. England: Penguin Books. Dawson. Englewood Cliffs. Englewood Cliffs. Alexander. Constinett. Broyles. Abbs. New York: McGraw Hill.H. Englewood Cliffs. USA: Coronado Publishers. Derewianka. Sandra and Byrd. Christy M. Singapore: Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd. et al. Rozelle: Primary Teaching English Association. Betty Schrampfer. 2002.. 2002. Gershon.K. Broughton. Spectrum™ 2. Adams. Constinett.H. Brian & Freebrain.H. J. Take Off!: Student Book 2. Beverly. Setsuko. Beccles and London. USA: Laidlaw Brothers Publishers. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents. Constinett. Cassidy. Steven & Mares. Journeys: Listening and Speaking 3. 1984. Spectrum™ 5: A Communicative Course in English. Practice and Progress. Englewood Cliffs.H. Turn a Corner. Students Book. David P 2000. Ingrid. Journeys: Listening and Speaking 1. 1987. Chris. Asia Pte Ltd. Taking Off: Beginning English. Teacher’s Edition. Exploring How Texts Work. 1987. an Intermediate Course for Pre-Intermediate Students . Blueprint: Upper Intermediate. 1987. 1987. Sandra and Byrd. Carl R. Donald R. Donald R. et al. England: William Clowes Limited. 1990. 1992. Azar.. 2003. 2000. A Communicative Course in English. Spectrum™ 6: A Communicative Course in English. Constinett. Mildred A. 1969. Donald R.G. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Regents. New Jersey: Regents/Prentice Hall. New York: Scribner’s Educational Publishers.

New Horizons in English 5 (Second Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press. 1991. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Writing 2. Maureen and Baichman. Andrew. 1983. Peter. Marian & Glover. United States of America: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Michael. Hoong. Book 1: An Introduction Genre-Based Writing. Literary & Education Research Network.K. and Leng. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. L. S. Tho Lai. Ho Peck. Interactive Science 2. 1991. Writing 1. 1980. 2002. Suwarsih & Djunaedi. Jill. Madya. L. Breaking The Ice. Lars and Walker. Miriam. Grammar. Hill.A. 1996. 146 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . English 2: For the Second Year Junior Secondary School. Start Listening: study guide (including workbook). Brje. IGCSE: English as a Second Language. Lars and Walker. 2002. Usage and Style. Jakarta: PT. Mellgren. 1991. Mellgren. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Littlejohn. Ltd. Carolyn.Graham. Tokyo: Oxford University Press K. Jazz Chants®. Let’s Listen: Teachers’ Book. 1982. Stacy A. Oxford: Oxford University Press. A Genre-Based Approach to Teaching Writing in Years 3-6. 1980. 2000. New Horizons in English 3 (Second Edition). Singapore: Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd. Kern. Bumi Aksara. Littlejohn. England: Longman Group UK Limited. Bob. Literacy and Language Teaching. London: Heinemann Educational Books Ltd. Elementary Comprehension Pieces. Inc. Michael. McClintock. 2001. Richard. 2002. 1991.A. Moline. Andrew. 1981. England: Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. 2000. McLean. Hill. Inc. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Lucantoni. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. United States of America: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Alan C. Journeys: Writing 1. John and Stern. Singapore: SNP Panpac Pte. Cox. 1980. New South Wales: Common Ground. 1978. Introductory Stories for Reproduction 2 (East Asia edition). Essex: Longman Group Limited. Hadfield. Hynes. Elementary Communication Games. Hagen.

N. et. Quiz Time 3. Perth: Horwitz Martin Ockenden. 2004. Inc. Sauber-Sellen. Purnell’s Illustrated Children’s Dictionary. al. Cheryl. Interchange: English for International Communication: Student’s book 2. Theretical Insights on English Instruction for SMP/SMA. et. Breakthrough 2: A Course in English Communication Practice (new edition). 2001. Newsome. Betty. 1991. Side by Side: Book 4 (Third Edition). Quiz Time 1. Longman: Addison Wesley Longman. 1987.Molinsky. S. Joanne. Michael. Mukarto. G. Ltd. Root. Richards. England: Pearson Education Limited. 1978. 2001. Longman: Addison Wesley Longman. Julia & Rollason. Jane. O’Brien. Steven J. Grammar Sense 2. Molinsky. Journeys: Grammar 1. New York: The Press Syndicate of The University of Cambridge. 1991. England: Pearson Education Limited. Molinsky. Steven J. Julia & Rollason. Richards. & Bliss. 2002. Julia & Rollason. et. 2004. Rachmajanti. Inc.C. References 147 . Quiz Time 4. Jack C. 1982. al. Side by Side: Book 3 (Third Edition). Side by Side: Book 2 (Third Edition). al. Bill. and Sulistyo. 2001. Newsome. 2001. Inc. Longman: Addison Wesley Longman. 2002. Newsome. Interchange: English for International Communication: Student’s book 1. Pavlik. Jane. Longman: Longman. 1997. 2007. & Bliss. 1998. J. Singapore: Simon & Schuster (Asia) Pte Ltd. & Bliss. Steven J. London: Macdonald & Co. English on Sky: SMP Book 1. and Long M. Bill. New York: Oxford University Press. Jane.H. Steven J. England: Pearson Education Limited. Longman: Addison Wesley Longman. Malang: English Department. Bill. & Bliss. Jack C. Molinsky. State University of Malang. Situational Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Richards. Homework Contracts (Book 5). Harry & Purcell. 2002. Jakarta: Penerbit Erlangga. Side by Side: Book 1 (Third Edition). Bill. Greg. New York: The Press Syndicate of The University of Cambridge. Inc.

Wactyn-Jones. Journeys: Writing 3. Rita. Watcyn-Jones. Jake. Swan. 1985. M. 1998. Peter. Watcyn-Jones.Sauber-Sellen. England: Pearson Education Limited. Tsukamoto. Bruce and Bruder. 2001. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Test Your Prepositions. Joanne. England: Peter Haddock Limited. Silver. Cynthia McKeag and Luzerne-Oi. Stories to Treasure. 148 Bahasa Inggris SMP Kelas VIII . Massachusetts: Heinle & Heinle Publishers. Tillett. Tell Me About It!. Speaking Naturally.N. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ……. 1993. England: Pearson Education Limited. 2001. Peter. The New Cambridge English Course. 2001. Hongkong: Pearson Education North Asia Limited. Singapore: Prentice Hall ELT. Sally La. 1990. C. Vocabulary 1: Games and Activities (New Edition). Test Your Vocabulary 1. Peter & Allsop. Journeys: Grammar 2. Michael and Walter. 1990. Indonesia: Penerbit Gelatik.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful